SlideShare a Scribd company logo
1
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-I
CC101: GENERAL ENGLISH
Introduction : The field of management has undergone a sea change and has
today assumed a form of a profession with a well-defined body of knowledge.
This knowledge is continuously evolving and new issues and findings are
constantly emerging. This field is attracting many people who want to undergo a
formal training in this area.
1. Objective:
To familiarize students with the best samples of writings in English so that
they can learn the structure of the language as it is used creatively. ; To orient
students to social and cultural issues. ; To acquaint students with different
writing styles of English.
2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual
behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics,
managing change towards organizational effectiveness.
3. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
4. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Selected Stories from Malgudi Days by R K Narayan (List of stories
will be attached later)
25%
2 Arms and the Man by Bernard Shaw 25%
3 Grammar:
Tenses , Subject-verb agreement, Preposition, Articles, Modals
25%
4 Speaking Skills:and Organizational Politics 25%
5. Topics for Assignments :
1. Literary background of Malgudi Days
2. Literary background of Arms and the Man
3. Paragraph writing using words given in the vocabulary.
4. Identifying grammatical errors.
5. Correcting grammatical errors
2
6. Suggested Topics for Seminar:
1. Life and works of R K Narayan
2. Life and works of Bernard Shaw
3. Comparison of the stories of Malgudy Days with the TV serial Malgudi Days
4. The picture of India as presented in R K Narayan‟s short stories (other than the ten
stories given in the syllabus
5. Importance of Reading in Language Learning
7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
1. Enrich your English – by CIEFL (Academic Skills book)
2. Contemporary English Grammar – Raymond Murphy
3. Essential English Grammar - Raymond Murphy
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken
at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
3
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-I
CC102: PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT - I
Introduction: The field of management has undergone a sea change and has today
assumed a form of a profession with a well-defined body of knowledge. This knowledge
is continuously evolving and new issues and findings are constantly emerging. This field
is attracting many people who want to undergo a formal training in this area.
1. Objective: This subject is designed to provide a basic understanding to the students
with reference to working of business organizations through the process of
management. The first part of this course (offered in the first semester) will give a
brief understanding of the managerial functions of planning (including decision-
making) and organizing. The second part (offered in the second semester) will throw
light on the managerial functions of staffing, directing and controlling.
2 Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
3. Course Contents:
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Introduction to Management and Planning
Management: Meaning and process of management.
Planning: Meaning; planning process; planning remises; types of
plans – based on breadth and use
25%
2 Forecasting, Decision making
Forecasting: Meaning; techniques of forecasting – Historical
analogy method, survey method, business barometers, time series
analysis, regression analysis, significance and limitations of
forecasting
Decision making: Meaning; decision making process; techniques of
decision making – Decision Tree, PERT and CPM.
25%
3 Organizing – Part 1
Introduction - Meaning of organizing; principles of organizing.
Departmentation – Meaning; bases of departmentation –
function wise, product wise, territory wise, process wise and
customer wise.
Delegation – Meaning; elements of delegation; principles
of effective delegation.
Centralization and decentralization – Meaning; factors
affecting degree of centralization and decentralization.
25%
4
4 Organizing – Part
Types of organizations (10 Hours)
Formal organizations: Line; Functional; Line and staff; Committee
(only the meaning, advantages and limitations of all the four forms)
Informal organizations: Meaning; benefits; problems.
25%
4.Topics for assignments:
1. Levels of management and the combination of skills required at each level.
2. Management – an art, a science or a profession?
3. Methods of business forecasting – opinion poll method, extrapolation method,
input-output analysis and econometric models.
4. Types of managerial decisions.
5. Span of management and factors affecting the same.
5. Suggested topics for seminars and presentations:
1. Inspiring business mentors.
2. Innovation and creativity in business.
3. Current business environment.
4. Management by Objectives.
6. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
Text book:
1. L. M. Prasad; Principles of Management; Sultan Chand and Sons, 6th
edition.
2. Karminder Ghuman and K. Aswathapa; Management – Concept,
Practice and Cases; Tata McGraw Hill; 1st
edition (2010)
Reference Book:
Gupta, Sharma and Bhalla; Principles of Business Management; Kalyani
Publications; 1st
edition.
7. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken
at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
8. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
5
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-I
CC103: FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Introduction: Financial Accounting as a discipline has evolved over the years due to the
perennially changing requirements of the industry. With the advent of computerization,
it now also encompasses new techniques and new issues caused by changes in the
legislations pertaining to the preparation and publication of Financial Statements.
1. Objective: The present course includes introduction to the subject of Financial
Accounting, basic concepts underlying the accounting practices and its techniques
with special reference to Sole-Proprietorship. It also touches upon the various
aspects of accounting related to Non-trading Concerns. The syllabus also includes
computerized accounting using the software TALLY.
2. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
3. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 A) FUNDAMENTALS OF ACCOUNTANCY:
Meaning, Scope and Utility of Accounts, Methos of keeping Books
of Accounts, Difference between Book keeping and Accountancy,
Users of Accounts, fundamental Accounting Equation, Types of
Accounts, Rules of Debit and Credit, Types of Transactions, Types
of Assets and Liabilities.
B) CAPITAL, REVENUE, DEFERRED REVENUE
EXPENSES, RESERVES, PROVISIONS AND CONTINGENT
LIABILITY:
Meaning and difference between Capital and Revenue
Incomes and Expenses, Identification of Capital and Revenue
Expenses and Incomes, Meaning of Deferred Revenue
Expense, Difference between Reserves and Provisions,
meaning of Contingent Liability
C) ACCOUNTING CONCEPTS, CONVENTIONS
PRINCIPLES:
Accounting Principles, Policies, Concepts and Conventions.
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, Identification of
different Accounting concept applied in various transactions, its
accounting entries and its presentation in Annual Financial
Statement
25%
6
2 ACCOUNTING FOR NON TRADING CONCERNS:
Meaning of Non Trading Concern, Annual Financial
Statements of Non Trading Concerns (NTC), How NTC differs
from Trading Concern, Identification of Capital and Revenue Items
for non trading organizations, Receipts and Payments Account,
Income and Expenditure Account, Balance Sheet, Concept of
different funds and their accounting treatment. (Practical Examples
of Clubs & Hospitals)
25%
3 FINAL ACCOUNTS OF SOLE PROPRIETARY CONCERN:
Preparation of Final account of sole Trading
25%
4 ACCOUNTING ENTRIES IN TALLY 7.2 USING VOUCHERS:
Relevant vouchers in printed/physical form to be provided to
students as a documentary evidence and accounting entries in
Tally 7.2 (accounts only) to be passed and it will be
evaluated on the basis of Day Book, Trial Balance, Profit and Loss
Account and Balance Sheet. Opening balances of certain
Ledger Accounts may also be given in case of continuing
firm. (no theory and no transaction form question from this unit)
25%
Note : Each student should be given at least 10 hours of Tally 7.2
Practical.
4. Topics for Assignments:
1. Accounting Standards in India – An Introduction
2. AS – 2 (Valuation of Inventory) and AS – 10 (Fixed Assets)
3. Accounting Cycle (Practical Sums based on recording in Journal/ Subsidiary Book to
preparation of Trial Balance)
5. Topics for Seminars:
1. levance of Auditing in Accountancy
2. Triple Accounting System
3. Contemporary Issues in Financial Accounting
4. New emerging Branches of Accounts – (Social Responsibility Accounting, Human Resource
Accounting and Environmental Accounting)
5. Introduction to Legislative Bodies Governing Financial Statement
6. Teaching methodology: The methodology includes conceptual knowledge and case
studies giving real life experience
7. Recommended Text & Suggested reference Books:
1. Accounting for Managers – J. Made Gowda – Himalaya Publishing House
2. Introduction to Accountancy – T. S. Grewal & S. C. Gupta – S. Chand – 8th
Edition
3. Modern Accountancy - Hanif Mukerji – TMH
4. Financial Accounting by Dr. Kaustubh Sontake – 1st
Edition – Himalaya
Publishing House
7
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken
at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
8
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-I
CC104: Principles of Economics (Micro)
Introduction: Knowledge has many branches and Economics is an Important and useful
branch of knowledge. The knowledge of Economics is being used for initiating and
accelerating growth in the Economies.
1. Objective: The objective of this course is to equip the students with conceptual
understanding of finance and its practical application. It is expected that the students
possess a sound base in accounting principles and practices including financial
analysis. The course intends to equip students with the ability to apply concepts in
managerial decision making. At the end of the course, they are expected to have
learnt the methodology and techniques for application of financial and managerial
accounting and information in the formation of policies and in the planning and
control of the operations of the organization.
2. Evaluation:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester Examination 70%
Mid-Semester Examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
3. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Definitions of Economics: Scarcity and Growth definitions;
Introduction to Micro Economics; Definition, Scope, Importance
and Limitations of Micro Economics; Important Concepts;
Economic goods and Free Goods, Price and Value, Want and
Demand, Production Possibility Curve; Economic Systems; Planned
Economy, Free Market Economy and Mixed Economy
25%
2 Theory of Demand: Meaning of Demand and Determinants of Demand –
Demand Function; Law of Demand, Expansion and Contraction of Demand,
Increase and Decrease in Demand, Usefulness of Law of Demand,
Exceptions to the Law of Demand; Utility Analysis: Concept of Utility,
Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility, Derivation of Demand Curve on
the basis of the Utility analysis , Consumer‟s Surplus
25%
3 Theory of Supply: Meaning of Supply, Determinants of Supply,
Expansion and Contraction of Supply, Increase and Decrease in
Supply; Demand and Supply as determinants of Price; Meaning of
Market, Types of Market and their important features: Perfect Competition,
Monopoly, Monopolistic Competition and oligopoly
25%
4 Marginal Productivity Theory of Distribution; Rent: Concepts of
Differential Rent and Scarcity Rent, Economic and Contract Rent,
Quasi Rent, Pure Rent and Quasi Rent; Wages: Concepts of Time
Wages, Piece Wages, Money wages, real Wages, factors determining
real Wages; Interest: Gross and Net Interest. Components of Gross
Interest; Profit: Theories of profit – risk, uncertainty, innovation
25%
9
4. Topics for assignments:
1. Discuss Basic Economic Problems.
2. Explain the nature of Economics.
3. Explain the Main Types of Demand (Price, Income, Cross).
4. Distinguish between Giffen Paradox and Veblen effect.
5. Distinguish between Composite Supply and Joint Supply.
6. Explain the special features of Factor Pricing. How does Factor
Pricing differ from Commodity Pricing?
7. Explain the Constituents of gross profit.
5. Suggested topics for seminars and presentations:
1. Features of Modern Economy
2. Relevance of floor and ceiling prices in modern economic system
3. Regulated and unregulated markets and their consequences
4. Public goods and private goods
6. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
Text Book:
Micro Economic Theory by R. Cauvery (S.Chand Publication.)
Micro Economics by M.John Kennedy (Himalaya Publication)
Reference Books:
Modern Micro Economics by H.L Ahuja (S Chand Publication)
Modern Economic Theory by K.K Dewett (S. Chand Publication)
Elementary Theory by K.K. Deweet & J.D.Verma. ( S.Chand Publication.)
Principles of Economics by D.M.Mithani ( Himalaya Publication)
7. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken
at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
8. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
10
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-I
CC105: FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANIZATION
Introduction: Business organizations which were initially small and localized have
assumed complex and global dimensions. Businesses have moved from individual-
owned to family-run and beyond. Hence it becomes imperative to have some
understanding of the complex and dynamic structure of modern businesses along with
the implications – positive and negative, in the form of combinations.
1. Objective: To provide basic understanding regarding the corporate form of organization
– its formation, its management and its chief officers, and the implications of such a
corporate structure in the form of business combinations.
2. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester Examination 70%
Mid-Semester Examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
3. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Joint Stock Company : Meaning; definition under the Company‟s Act
1956; types; difference between Public Ltd. and Pvt. Ltd. companies;
formation procedure (promotion, incorporation, subscription and
commencement); detailed study of Memorandum of Association,
Articles of Association, Prospectus and Statement in lieu of
Prospectus.
25%
2 Company Management
i. Director – meaning; definition under Company‟s Act 1956;
position; qualifications and disqualifications of a director; number
of directors; powers, duties and liabilities of directors.
ii. Managing Director – definition under Company‟s Act 1956;
position; appointment and disqualifications; remuneration to
Managing Director.
iii. Company Secretary – definition under Company‟s Act 1956;
position, qualifications; appointment; powers and duties of a
Company Secretary.
25%
3 Company Meetings, Resolutions and Minutes ; Company meetings -
Meaning; types
i. Shareholders meetings – statutory meeting; AGM and EGM;
provisions regarding quorum, agenda, time and place of holding
the meetings, notice; purpose of holding these meetings; business
transacted at these meetings.
ii. Board Meetings – provisions regarding time, place, notice,
quorum, agenda; purpose of holding board meetings.
Resolutions – meaning; types; Minutes – meaning; signing
25%
11
4 Business Combinations : Business Combinations - Meaning;
causes/reasons of combinations; economies (benefits) and
diseconomies (evils) of combinations; types – horizontal, vertical
forward and backward, lateral convergent and divergent, circular;
forms – associations, federations, partial and total consolidations.
25%
4. Topics for assignments:
1 Features of a Joint Stock Company.
2 Winding up of Joint Stock Companies.
3 Class meeting of shareholders.
4 Debenture holders‟ meetings.
5 Creditors‟ meetings.
6 Functions of Commodity Exchanges.
7 Services offered by Commodity Exchanges.
5. Suggested topics for seminars and presentations:
1. Launching a new business enterprise.
2. Comparison of different forms of business organizations.
3. Business combinations in practice.
4. Role of Public Sector Enterprises in India.
6. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
Text:
M C Shukla; Business Organization and Management; S. Chand Publication; 18
th
edition.
Reference Book:
Fundamentals of Business Organisation & Management by Y.K.Bhushan (Sultan chand
& Sons
7. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken
at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
8. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
12
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-I
CC106:BASIC MATHEMATICS
Introduction: The student will understand the mathematical concepts and terminology
involved in Linear Algebra, Function, Permutation and Combination. The course focuses on
how to interpret and solve business-related word problems and to develop simple
mathematical models from a business perspective.
1. Objective : To create a better understanding of Mathematical concepts in solving
business related problems. The course serves as a good foundation for further study
in management, accounting ,marketing and finance.
2 Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
3 Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Set theory:
Introduction; Types of Sets; Venn Diagrams; Operations on Sets;
Cartesian Product of two Sets; Applications
25%
2 Function :
Definition ;Types of functions ; Some functions in Commerce and
Economics Applications
Limit :
Introduction; Definition and working rules of Limit; Some Standard
Limits
25%
3 Permutations and Combinations:
Introduction; Important notations, meaning; Applications
25%
4 Co-ordinate Geometry :
Introduction; Cartesian Co-ordinate system; Distance formula; Line and
slope of a line ; Different forms of equations of a line; Applications;
Arithmetic and Geometric Progression
25%
5. Assignment:
1. Assignment on set theory
2. Assignment on function and limit
3. Assignment on permutation and combination
4. Assignment on co-ordinate geometry and arithmetic & geometric progression
13
6. Seminar Topics:
1. Prepare a project on the application of function used in real life.
2. Use of permutation and combination in TRANSPORT SYSTEM.
7. Recommended Text Books cum Reference Books :
Text Books:
1. Business Mathematics: Sancheti and Kapoor
2. Business Mathematics: Kashyap Trivedi and Chirag Trivedi
Refrences:
1. Business Mathematics . (Second Edition) – Qazi Zameeruddin, Vijay K Khanna, SK
Bhambri. (Vikas Publication)
2. Business Mathematics –II – J. K. Singh , Deepti Rani. (Himalaya Pubklishing House)
3. Mathematics for Management An Introduction – M Raghavachari (Tata Mc
GrawHill)
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken
at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
14
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-I
CC107: IT Tools and Applications
Introduction: Computers are a part of life-personal, social and professional. Use of
computers has pervaded all forms of activities and all aspects of human society. It has
become inevitable for students of management to learn computers and its application.
1. Objective: To introduce the students to the fundamentals of computers and
familiarize them with the jargon commonly used by computer literates. To introduce
the students with some basic tools and applications which will enable them in e-
communicating effectively and analyse data for decision making using data of
different kinds. To introduce the student to the internet and its applications and
thereby empowering him to utilize e-sources for upgrading his knowledge base.
2. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
3. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Unit-1 Introduction to Computers, Operating System
Windows & its Utilities
Computer system components, Input devices, Output devices,
storage devices, computer storage elements, types of computer,
Applications of computers, advantages of using computer;
Operating System ; Computer software categories; Introduction
to operating system; Types of User Interfaces; Functions of
Operating Systems; Types of Operating Systems; Examples of
Operating system; Booting Process
Windows :
Introduction to Windows, features of Windows, various
versions; Components Of Windows; Desktop, icon, My
computer, My documents, Network Neighborhood, Recycle
bin, start menu, taskbar, Windows Explorer; Control Panel
Files and Folders:
Creating Folder; Folder Operations (copying , moving and
deleting) Creating files & file operations; Creating systems tool
and disk defrag
Internet and Outlook :
What is Internet ; Most popular internet services; Functions of
Internet like email, WWW, FTP, Usenet, IRC, instant
messaging, Internet Telephony; How Internet works;
Connecting to Internet; Managing emails; Using address book;
Working with task list; Scheduling appointments ; Reminders;
Events ; Journals; Notes
25%
15
2 MS Word & Introduction to Excel
Creating, navigating and editing Word documents; Formatting
text of a document; Formatting , viewing and printing a
document; Inserting and removing page breaks ; Insert Header
and footers; Viewing a document; Page set up of a document;
Printing a document; Working with tables and graphics;
Working with objects; Mail merge and labels; Spelling and
grammar tools; Autocorrect; Auto text; Auto format; Inserting
endnotes and footnotes; Working with columns; Inserting
comments; Creating index and tables from the content of
document; Counting words; Macros; Saving document with
passwords.
Introduction To Excel
Concept of workbook, worksheet, workspace; Types of data;
Formatting workbook; Conditional formatting; Sorting Data
25%
3 MS PowerPoint
Creating , browsing &saving Presentation; Editing &
formatting slides; Linking multiple slides using hyperlinks and
advance buttons; Using slide layouts ; Adding notes to the
slides ; Editing and formatting slides ; Working with slide
masters ; Inserting objects on the slide ; Animating objects ;
Slide transitions ; Choosing preset animations ; Triggering
animations ; Applying sound effects to animation effects ;
Playing videos ; Rehearsing timings ; Slide show ; Slide show
options(using pen pointer, highlighter); Pack &go ; Custom
Show
25%
4 Advanced Excel
Data validation ; Data filter (Auto & Advance); Charts; What if
analysis; Goal seek; Scenario ; Protecting Worksheet; Types of
error
Functions and formulas
Mathematical Round, ceil floor, fact, subtotal, sum , sum if;
Logical AND, OR, NOT, if; StatisticalMin, max, avg, count if;
Text Concatenate, Exact, find, left, right, len, lower, upper,
trim; Lookup Hlookup, Vlookup; Date and Time Date, day,
days360, hours, minute, now, second, time, today, year,
datediff; Financial Functions; FV, IPMT, NPER, NPV, PMT,
PV, Rate Pivot table
25%
4. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
Tax Book :
Working with Personal Computer Software (2nd
Ed.) – R.P.Soni, Harshal Arolkar,
Sonal Jain , Wiley –India Publications
Reference Books:
Office 2003 in simple steps- Dreamtech Press.
16
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-II
CC201: Communication Skills
Introduction: On a daily basis we work with people who have different opinions, values,
beliefs, and needs than our own. Our ability to exchange ideas with others, understand
others' perspectives, solve problems and successfully utilize the steps and processes
presented in this training will depend significantly on how effectively we are able to
communicate with others. Hence it becomes imperative to have some understanding of
the complex and dynamic structure of modern communication and develop
communication skills.
1. Objective: Behavioral pattern always gets changed in relation to status and role
of an individual. It is in this respect that this course is designed to understand and
examine the traits of individual as consumer in the society. The purpose is to have
impact assessment over the changing marketing technology
2. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
3. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Fundamentals of Communication:
Importance of Communication; Definition and process of
communication and feedback in Communication; Barriers to
effective Communication; Features of effective Communication
25%
2 Forms of Communication:
Types of Communication (Verbal and Non-verbal with sub-types);
Dimensions of Communication (Formal and Informal, Horizontal,
upward; downward); Listening and its Types; Computer as a
medium of modern communication and ethics related to it.
25%
3 Text applications of social class
Men of Steel: India‟s Business Leaders in Candid Conversation with
Veer Sanghvi; Author: Veer Sanghvi ; Pub: Roli books, 2007; Short
Question-answers should be asked from the text.
25%
4 Language Skills 25%
4. Suggested Topics for Seminars:
1. Different Media of Communication (the students can write seminar papers on various
media, i.e., social networking etc.)
2. Cross Cultural Communication
3. Methods to Initiate and Facilitate Feedback in the Modern World
4. Problems faced by learners of English as a second language and their possible
Solutions
17
5. Comparative study of communication styles of various successful leaders.
Assessment to be done on the basis of quizzes, assignments and tests/exam. Quizzes and tests
to be set from the syllabus itself. Suggested areas/topics for assignments:
5. Suggested Topics for Assignments/Quiz:
1. Listening Comprehension
2. Case analysis to test the effectiveness of Communication (Unit 1 & 2)
3. Vocabulary from the text book. (Unit 3)
4. Contextual usage of idioms, phrases. (Unit 4)
5. Success Stories of Entrepreneurs (other than the text book)
6. Recommended Text Books:
Consumer Behavior by Leon G. Schiffman & Leslie Lazar Kanuk (Ninth edition)
7. Suggested reference Books:
F. Business Communication Today – By Bovee, Thill, Schazman
G. Business Communication – by Pal and Korlahalli
H. Business Communication – by S M Rai and U S Rai
I. Business Communication – Meenakshi Raman and Sangeeta Sharma
J. Business Communication – by Asha Kaul
K. Contemporary Business Communication – Scott Ober
L. Business Communication – By Sangeeta Magan
M. Business Communication – by Meenakshi Raman and Prakash Singh (Case
Method Approach)
N. Business Communication – by N S Pradhan and Homai Pradhan
O. Business Communication – by P D Chaturvedi and Mukesh Chaturvedi
P. Modern Commercial Correspondence – by R S N Pillai and Bagavathi
Q. Enrich your English – by CIEFL (Academic Skills book)
R. Contemporary English Grammar – Raymond Murphy
S. Essential English Grammar - Raymond Murphy
T. Business Maharajas – Gita Parimal
H. Different Media of Communication (the students can write seminar papers on
various media, i.e., social networking etc.)
I. Cross Cultural Communication
J. Methods to Initiate and Facilitate Feedback in the Modern World
K. Problems faced by learners of English as a second language and their
possible Solutions
L. Comparative study of communication styles of various successful leaders
8. Guidelines for FYBBA Communication Skills Practical
1. Speech Making: The students would be asked to make extempore speeches on current topics
(could be related to social evils, economic developments, political conditions, etc.) for the
duration of 3 minutes.
2. Role Play: Role Play can be related to any of the following topics.
a. Conversing with an insurance agent
b. At a bank
c. At a shop
d. At a travel agency
e. At a ticket counter
f. Medical Representatives
18
g. Clients/patients to a counselor
h. Taking interviews (like a media personnel) of celebrities
i. Reactions/evasive replies/ negative responses to unwanted telephone calls
j. Conversation between teacher-student/boss-employee
9. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken
at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
10. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
19
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-II
CC202: Principles of Management-2
Introduction: The field of management has undergone a sea change and has today
assumed the form of a profession with a well-defined body of knowledge. This
knowledge is continuously evolving and new issues and findings are constantly
emerging. This field is attracting many people who want to undergo a formal training in
this area.
1. Objective: This subject is designed to provide a basic understanding to the
students with reference to working of business organizations through the process
of management. The first part of this course (offered in the first semester) will
give a brief understanding of the managerial functions of planning (including
decision-making) and organizing. The second part (offered in the second
semester) will throw light on the managerial functions of staffing, directing and
controlling.
2. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
3. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Staffing Meaning;
A. Human Resource Planning – Meaning; importance.
B. Job Analysis – Meaning; importance.
C. Recruitment – Meaning; only sources of recruitment.
D. Selection – Meaning; only the selection process.
E. Training – Meaning; methods of training – job rotation,
lectures/conferences, vestibule (a short note on these).
25%
2 Directing Meaning; Principles of directing
Motivation – Meaning; Theories of motivation - Herzberg‟s Two-
Factor theory, McGregor‟s Theory X and Theory Y, Theory Z. ;
Leadership – Meaning; Theories of leadership – Blake and Mouton‟s
Managerial grid, Leadership Continuum. ; Communication – Meaning;
importance.
25%
3 Control. Meaning; nature of control; importance of control; the
control process; essentials/principles of effective control system;
techniques of control – Break-Even Analysis.
25%
4 Emerging issues in Management
Knowledge Management – Meaning; objectives.
Technology Management – Meaning; functions, limitations.
Corporate Social Responsibility – Meaning; arguments for and against
CSR
25%
20
4. Suggested topics for seminars and presentations:
1. Total Quality Management.
2. Management Information System.
3. Use of symbols in communication.
4. Management practices across cultures.
5. Topics for assignments:
1. McClelland‟s Needs theory of motivation.
2. Autocratic style of leadership.
3. Democratic style of leadership.
4. Free-Rein style of leadership.
5. Budgetary Control.
6. Constituents of Knowledge Management.
7. Challenges facing Technology Management.
8. Approaches to Corporate Social Responsibility.
6. Recommended Text Books:
1. L. M. Prasad; Principles of Management; Sultan Chand and Sons, 6th
edition.
2. Karminder Ghuman and K. Aswathapa; Management – Concept, Practice and
Cases; Tata McGraw Hill; 1st
edition (2010)
7. Suggested reference Books:
1. Gupta, Sharma and Bhalla; Principles of Business Management; Kalyani
Publications; 1st
edition.
2. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken
at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be
a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
21
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-II
CC203: COST ACCOUNTING
Introduction: Owing to the growing need of inculcating cost consciousness and
encourage cost-reduction efforts, the area of cost accounting has emerged as a vital
branch of accounting. The modern -day businesses in the manufacturing as well as
service sectors are faced with the challenges of intense competition nationally and
globally. Hence, these business units are forced to recognise the impact of cost control
and cost reduction on profits. At the root is the need to thoroughly understand the types,
nature, behaviour and effect of the various elements of cost on the pricing, production
and profits. For the managers, knowledge of cost accounting is a prerequisite to
successful management accounting.
1. Objective: The aim of this subject is to provide an extension of the fundamentals
of marketing and develop the analytical skills and unleash the skills to harness the
potential of marketing in the corporate world
2. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
3. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 BASIC CONCEPTS OF COSTING:
Meaning of Costing, Objectives of Cost Accounting, Functions of
Cost Accountant, Advantages of Cost Accounting, Objections to Cost
Accounting, Elements of Cost, Types of Costing, Cost Classification,
Methods of Costing, Terms used in Costing (cost concepts for
decision making)
25%
2 UNIT COSTING
Preparation of Simple cost Sheet (Only single product costing),
Tender Cost Sheet (Estimated Cost Sheet)
25%
3 RECONCILIATION OF COST AND FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Preparation of Reconciliation Statement based on Cost Sheet and
Profit & loss Account. (Preparation of Cost Sheet and/or Profit & Loss
Account and preparation of Reconciliation Statement)
25%
4 NON-INTEGRAL ACCOUNTING (COST CONTROL
ACCOUNTS)
Cost ledger Control Accounts, Journal entries and preparation of Cost
control Accounts.
25%
22
4. Topics for Assignment:
1 Application of different costing techniques in various industries
2. Direct & Indirect Expenses classification
3. Cost Accounting Records for movement of material and details of labour
5. Topics for Seminar and Quiz:
1. Contemporary issues in Cost Accounting
2. Developing costing technique for a specific industry
3. Cost Accounting Software used in various industries
4. Practical application of uniform costing in various industries
5. Use of Costing in Service Industry
6. Cost Reduction and cost control techniques
6. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
Tax Book
Cost Accounting Text and Problems by M. C. Shukla, T. S .Grewal and M. P. Gupta
– S Chand – 10th Edition
Ref. Books
Management Accounting by Paresh Shah – Oxford University Press
Cost Accounting by J. Made Goda – Himalaya Publishing House – 1st Edition
Cost Accounting by Jawahar Lal & Seema Srivastava – Tata McGraw Hill
Publication - 2008 Edition
7. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken
at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
8. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
23
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-II
CC204: Principles of Economics (Macro)
Introduction: Macro Economics is a broad field of study. It is a branch of Economics
dealing with the performance, structure, behavior & decision making of the entire
Economy.
1. Objective: . To study the behaviour and working of the economy as a whole.
To study relationships among broad aggregates.
To apply economic reasoning to problems of business and public policy.
2. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester Examination 70%
Mid-Semester Examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
3. Course Contents:
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Introduction to Macro Economics:
Definition, Scope, Importance and Limitations of Macro Economics;
National Income (NI) Accounting; Meaning of NI and Circular Flow of NI
(in Four sector economy) ;Stock and flow concept, NI at Current Price and
NI at Constant Price; Various concepts of NI (GNP, GDP, NNP, NDP),
Personal Income, Disposable ;Income ; Methods for measurement of NI
;Difficulties in measurement of NI
25%
2 Theory of Income and Employment ; Keynes‟ consumption function;
Investment function; Keynesian theory of Income and employment;
Investment multiplier; Interest rate theory - Liquidity Preference Theory
25%
3 Money; Definition and Functions ; Stocks of Money (M1, M2, M3 and
M4) ; Credit creation by Commercial Banks; Inflation; Meaning of
Inflation, Deflation, Stagflation and Causes of inflation, Measures to
Control Inflation; D. Business cycle; Meaning, characteristics and phases
25%
4 Monetary policy; Meaning, Objectives and Tools; F. Fiscal policy;
Meaning, Objectives and Tools; G. Balance of Payments; Meaning,
Structure, Causes of Disequilibrium and Methods of Correcting
Disequilibrium
25%
4. Topics for Assignment
1. Functions of Commercial Banks
2. Functions of Central Banks
3. Factors affecting Business Cycle
4. Use of National Income Data
5. Difference between BOT and BOP
24
5. Topics for Seminar
1. Inflation in India
2. Economic Growth and Economic Development
3. Role of Economic Policies in Economic Growth
4. Relationship between Inflation and unemployment
5. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
6. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
Text Book
D. Macro Economics by D.M.Mithani (Himalaya Publication)
E. Macro Economics by R. Cauvery (S.Chand Publication.)
7. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken
at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
8. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
25
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-II
CC205: GROWTH AND STRUCTURE OF INDUSTRIES
Introduction: India is developing economy. Industrialization has a major role to play in
the economic development of a country. The government of India launched the process of
industrialization as conscious and deliberate policy of economic growth in early fifties.
1. Objectives : To expose students to a new approach to the study of the Indian
Industries. To help the students in analyzing the present phase of the Indian Industries &
Services .To acquaint students with the emerging issues in Industrial & Service sector in
the light of policies of liberalization and globalization.
2. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
3. Course Contents:
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Introduction : Meaning of industry and industrialization,
Significance of industrialization in India, Factors hampering India
Location of Industries : Meaning and importance of location,
Weber‟s theory of location and factors affecting location,
Agglomeration and Deglomeration, Dynamics of industrial location
25%
2 Public Sector in Indian Economy: Role of PSUs in India,
Performance of PSUs and Problems of PSUs,
Private Sector in Indian Economy: Role of Private Sector in India,
Performance of Private Sector in the Post Liberalisation phase in
India, Problems of Private Sector , Growth and Contribution Of
Service Sector in India
25%
3 Small Scale and Cottage Industries : Meaning, characteristics and
classification (cottage, modern SSI and tiny units), Importance of
SSI in Indian economy, Problems faced by SSIs, Policy measures
for SSIs (Government Assistance to SSIs, Industrial Estates, DICs,
Policy of reservation for SSIs), the industrial policy 1991 and SSIs,
Financial Institutions for SSI (NSIC, SIDBI, SFCs, SIDC)
25%
4 Industrial Policy : An outline of the industrial policies in the pre-
reform (1991) period.; Provisions of the industrial policy after 1991
Policies for Industrial Sickness : Meaning of industrial sickness,
causes of industrial sickness in India, Government‟s measures for
sick industrial units Indian Industries and the Energy problem:
Sources of Energy, Energy Crisis and Measures to solve Energy
Crisis
25%
26
4. Topics for Assignment
1. Classification of Industries
2. Measures to improve efficiency of PSUs
3. Five Year Plan & Small Scale Industries
4. Occupational Structure in India
5. Importance of infrastructure in economic development
5 Suggested Topics for Seminar
1. Industrial Development during Planning
2. Need for Macro Finance in India
3. Role of Industries in the development of Indian Economy
4. Role of Human Recourses in the development of Indian economy
6. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
Text Book:
(1) Indian Economy (28th Revised Edition) by Mishra & Puri (Himalaya publication)
(2) Industrial Economy of India by S.S.M Desai & N. Bhalerao
Reference Book :
(1) Indian Economy by Datt & Sundharam (S.Chand Publication)
7. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken
at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
8. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
27
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-II
CC206: Business Mathematics
Introduction: India is developing economy. Industrialization has a major role to play
in the economic development of a country. The government of India launched the
process of industrialization as conscious and deliberate policy of economic growth in
early fifties.
1. Objective: The objective of the course is to introduce the student to the basics in
mathematics utilized for pricing of financial derivatives. To provide the student basic
understanding of the mathematical ideas and technical tools used in mod eling. Prepare
students for subsequent work in their business majors and for their future careers in the
business community.
2. Evaluation:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester Examination 70%
Mid-Semester Examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
3. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Derivative and its applications
Introduction, Definition, Derivative of a function of one variable ,
Derivative of standard functions ( e.g. xn, ax, ex, log x) (without
proof) , Rules of derivative (Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication,
Division, Chain), Examples, Logarithmic differentiation, Marginal
Revenue function, Marginal Cost function, Profit function Price
elasticity of demand and supply.
25%
2 Second order derivative
Introduction, definition and examples of second order derivatives,
Maxima and Minima of a function, Applications: Profit, Revenue
Maximization and Cost Minimization ,Partial derivative and its
applications to functions of two variables
25%
3 Matrix Algebra
Introduction, Types of matrices, Addition and subtraction of Matrices,
Multiplication by scalar, Multiplication of two matrices, Inverse of
matrix ( up to 3x3 matrix using adjoin matrix), Applications to
business problems and solving
25%
4 Mathematics of Finance
Introduction, simple interest, compound interest Effective rate of
interest, Present value, Annuity, Simple applications
25%
28
4. Assignment Topics:
1. Assignment on derivative and its applications
2. Assignment on matrices
3. Assignment on mathematical finance
5. Seminar Topics:
1. Matrix application in the salary system of an office.
2. Financial project as a part of savings and investment.
3. Use of financial mathematics on personal savings.
6. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
Text Books:
a. Business Mathematics: Sancheti and Kapoor
b. Business Mathematics: Kashyap Trivedi and Chirag Trivedi
Refrences:
1. Business Mathematics . (Second Edition) – Qazi Zameeruddin, Vijay K
Khanna, SK Bhambri. (Vikas Publication)
2. Business Mathematics –II – J. K. Singh , Deepti Rani. (Himalaya
pubklishing House)
3. Mathematics for Management An Introduction – M Raghavachari (Tata Mc
Graw Hill)
7. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken
at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
8. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
29
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-II
CC207: PRACTICAL STUDIES
Introduction: The BBA programme aims at providing a practical insight to the student
in the various functions of business enterprises. It is this aspect which gives a learner an
edge over other programmes in same area. Lack of industry- exposure would prove fatal
and hence a student of management needs to undergo practical training to sharpen his
theoretical skills and knowledge.
1. Objective: This course aims at bridging the gap between theory and practice by
providing an opportunity to the student to acquire basic understanding of the functioning
of a business organisation. It attempts to introduce a student to the various functional
areas of management through industrial exposure followed by report writing and viva-
voce. It also aims to sharpen the communicative skills of the students through practical
training in some of the important skills required to be mastered by middle and higher
level managers.Key features: HRD and management, HRD activities & emerging
issues in HRD.
2. General Instruction :
a. The practical studies paper be incorporated in the second semester of B.B.A.
course with 3 credits and 4 ½ hours per week in the following manner:-
Component Hours per week
Communication practical‟s 3 ½
Project work 1
Total 4 ½
b. Each batch for practical studies should not have more than 40 students. For every
batch 3½ hours per week have to be allocated for communication practicals and 1
hour per week for the project work.
c. The evaluation of communication skills practical‟s will consist of role plays and
speech making whereas the project work will be evaluated on the basis of project
report and individual viva-voce.
d. The marks allocation will be as follows:-
Evaluation Internal External
Communication 15 Marks 35 Marks
Practicals
Details Role play Speech making Role play Speech making
9 6 20 15
Project work 15 Marks 35 Marks
Details Viva voce 9 Project report 6 Viva voce 20 Project work 15
Total Marks 30 70
Minimum 12 (out of 30) 28 (out of 70)
Passing Marks
30
e. The marks for practical studies shall be considered for deciding class and
percentage of the student.
f. Minimum passing marks shall be at par with other subjects i.e. 40%.
3. Guidelines for Project Work :
a. The visit should be to a manufacturing unit, which can be of any size and any
form of organisation.
b. A batch of 35 to 40 students should be taken for the visit.
c. Students are required to prepare an individual report based on information gathered
during the visit and/or sessions with industry representatives in consultation with the
concerned teacher.
d. The report can be of 30 to 40 pages, more descriptive in nature. Use of graphics and
pictures should be minimised. Also, mere reproduction of secondary data should be
avoided. It should cover the Syllabus following areas:-
1. COMPANY PROFILE:- Name, Registered address, Brief History, Mission,
Vision, Products, Form of organisation, Organisation Structure, Locational
issues, Awards and Achievements.
2. PRODUCTION:- Product classification, Production process, Production
capacity, Plant layout, Raw material and its procurement, Ways to handle
industrial waste.
3. MARKETING:-Basic data about product, price distribution and promotion as 4
p‟s of marketing, Competitors.
4. HUMAN RESOURCES:- Number of employees at each level, shifts ,
Recruitment, Selection, Training initiatives, Compensation, Policies regarding
promotion and transfer.
5. FINANCE:- Investment in the organisation, Sources of funds, Last 3 years
sales turnover, Profit and Loss accou
6. nt and Balance Sheet. (if available)
7. Social Responsibility and future plans of the organization.
31
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-III
CC301: Commercial Communication
1. Objective:
This course is designed to give the learners a comprehensive view of
communication as it operates within an organizational setting. ; It attempts to
develop an awareness of the importance of succinct written expression to modern
business communication. ; It focuses on preparing the learners to effectively use
various forms of written professional communication both the time-tested ones
and as well the ones emerging with the technological developments.
2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual
behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics,
managing change towards organizational effectiveness.
3. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
4. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Introduction to Commercial Communication and its basic
forms:
1.1 Difference between Professional/Commercial Communication
and General Communication,
1.2 Features of Successful Profession Communication
1.3 Purpose of Professional/Commercial Communication in an
organizational set-up. (Refer to Communication Skills by Sanjay
Kumar and Pusplata, Oxford Higher Education Publication, 2010.
Chapter 1 sub points 1.4, 1.5, 1.7)
(Unit 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 will carry 7 marks)
1.4 Email writing as an emerging form of Commercial
Communication: Common Pitfalls, Guiding Principles of
Composing Emails, Maintaining Common Etiquette. (Refer to
Communication Skills by Sanjay Kumar and Pusplata, Oxford
Higher Education Publication, Chapter 26)
1.5 Memo as a form of Business Communication:
a. Format of Memos, Advantages of Memos
b. Memo Writing : Warning Memo, Congratulatory Memo,
Information Memo, Request Memo
25%
32
(Refer to Essentials of Business Communication by Rajendra
Pal and Korlahalli, CC 17)
(Unit 1.4 and 1.5 will carry 7 marks)
(Refer to Communication Skills by Sanjay Kumar and
Pusplata, Oxford Higher Education Publication, Chapter 26)
1.6Memo as a form of Business Communication:
a. Format of Memos, Advantages of Memos
b. Memo Writing : Warning Memo, Congratulatory
Memo, Information Memo, Request Memo
(Refer to Essentials of Business Communication by Rajendra
Pal and Korlahalli, CC 17)
2 Forms of Commercial Communication: Business Letters
2.1 Structure and Layout of Letters, Elements of Style,
2.2 Letter Writing :
a.Inquiry and its Reply,
b.Order and Acknowledgment of Order, (Confirmation with Full
execution and Partial Execution, Inability to execute the order)
c.Complaints and Adjustments
(Unit 2.1 will be asked only as a part of Multiple choice questions
under Question No. 5. Unit 2.2 will carry two sub-questions of 7
marks each and would include drafting of letters.
(Refer to Essentials of Communication by Rajendra Pal and
Korlahalli chapters No. CC-2, CC-3, CC-5, CC-6, CC-8)
25%
3 Forms of Commercial Communication: Business Reports:
3.1 Types of Reports, Salient features of a good business
Reports, Stages in writing Reports
3.2 Writing Reports-
a.Investigating decline in Sales of a particular product
b.Looking into Demands and grievances of the Employees
c.Looking into an accident in the factory
d. Selecting a suitable site for opening a factory/business unit
e.Investigating complaints against Employee/employees
f. Investigating the performance of branches of a business unit
(Refer to Essentials of Business Communication by Rajendra Pal
and Korlahalli, chapters No. WC -1 and WC-2 )
(Unit 3.1 will be asked only as a part of the Multiple choice
questions under Question No.5. Unit 3.2 will carry two-sub-
questions of 7 marks each and would include drafting of business
reports.)
25%
4 Effectiveness of Commercial Communication:
4.1 Business Vocabulary
a. List of confusing words(as per the list attached)
b. List of suitable substitutes for inflated phrases (as per the list
attached)
4.2 Comprehension of an unseen passage on commercial topic
25%
33
(Unit 4.1 a. will carry 4 marks and 4.1 b. will carry 3 marks.
Unit 4.2 will carry 7 marks.)
Specifications regarding the questions to be drawn from the above units:
1. Only short notes not exceeding 150 words carrying 3 to 4 marks should be asked
from Unit 1 Sections-1.1, 1.2, and 1.3.
2. The theoretical background of Emails,(1.4) Memos (1.5 a ) Letters (2.1) and Reports
(3.1) like Format, features, advantages etc should be asked only as a part of the
multiple choice questions in the question paper and should NOT be asked as a full
length questions.
3. The full length questions worth 7 marks should be asked from “Memo Writing‟, (1.5
b) „Letter Writing‟(2.2) and „Report Writing‟(3.2) and “Case studies based on Email
Writing‟ (1.4) sections of the syllabus.
4. Questions related to the vocabulary (4.1 a and b) should focus on the appropriate
usage of the words.
FORMAT OF QUESTION PAPER FOR EXTERNAL EXAM.
Question Unit Remarks Marks
Q.1 A 1.1,1.2,1.3
Short notes not exceeding 150 words and 3-
4 marks 07
Q.1 B 1.4,1.5
Memo drafting and case studies of email
(excluding theory based questions) 07
Q.2A 2.2 Letter drafting 07
Q2 B 2.2 Letter drafting 07
Q.3 A 3.2 Report drafting 07
Q.3 B 3.2 Report drafting 07
Q.4 A 4.1(a) (b)
Vocabulary: focus on appropriate usage of
the words 03, 04
Q.4 B 4.2
Comprehension of an unseen commercial
package 07
Q.5 1 (full 14
unit),2.1,3.1,4.
1
5. Topics for Assignments :
1. Case Studies from the above Letters to check their effectiveness. (Unit 1 and 2)
2. Case Studies from the above Memos/ Reports to check their effectiveness. (Unit 1
and 3)
3. SWOT Analysis of a Business Personality/Unit
4. Contextual usage of confusing words given in the list.
5. Comparison of memos and office orders.
6. Suggested Topics for Seminar:
1. The Impact of technological advancements on communication.
2. Use of formal and informal language in written communication.
3. Aids to correct writing
34
4. Drafting Advertisements
5. Communication Games
7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
1. Kumar, Sanjay and Pusplata, Business Communication, New Delhi: Oxford
Higher Education, 2010 Pal,
2. Rajendra and Kolrahalli, Essentials of Business Communication, New Delhi:
Sultan Chand Publication, 2005
3. Chaturvedi, P D and Mukesh Chaturvedi. Business Communication: Concepts, Cases
and Applications. New Delhi: Pearson Education, 2004.
4. Haldar, Ritwik. A Textbook of Business Communication. Mumbai: Himalaya Pub,
2011.
5. Jain, V K, and Omprakash Biyani. Business Communication. New Delhi: S Chand,
2007.
6. Koneru, Aruna. Professional Communication. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010.
7. Lesikar, Raymond and Marie Flately. Basic Business Communication. New Delhi:
Tata McGraw-Hill. 2002.
8. Pathi Satyanarayan. Modern Business Communication. New Delhi. Himalaya
Publication. 2008.
9. Rai, Urmila. Managerial Communication. New Dellhi: Himalaya Publication.
2007.
10. Raina, Roshan Lal, Iftikhar Alam and Faiza Siddiqui. Professional
Communication. Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House, 2012.
11. Raman, Meenakshi and Sangeeta Sharma. Communication Skills. New Delhi:
Oxford University Press, 2010.
12. Raman, Meenakshi and Sangeeta Sharma. Technical Communication-Principles
and Practice. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2011.
13. Ramachandra, K K, Lakshmi K K etal. Business Communicaiton. Chennai :
MacMillan Publication, 2007.
14. O‟Hair, Dan, Gustav Friedrich and Lynda Dixon. Strategic Communication: In
Business and the professions. New Delhi: Pearson Education, 2008.
List of Confusing Words
1. Access: approach
Example: The managing Director of the company is easy of access.
Excess: More than
Example: Our profits are far in excess of what we expected.
2. Adapt: to adjust
Example: We shall have to adapt this technology to Indian conditions. Adopt:
to take up
Example: We should not adopt unfair means even if we fail. Adept:
skilled
Example: Those who are adept in the art of flattery make rapid progress in life.
3. Advise (Verb): give advice, recommend
Example: They advised us to postpone the launching of our new
product. Advice (Noun): recommendation on how to work.
35
Example: If we had followed his advice, we should not have incurred such a heavy
loss.
4. Affect: (1) to pretend
Example: The peon affected ignorance of the whole affair.
(2) Produce material effect:
Example: Hard work affected his health.
Effect(Noun): result
Example: The new policy did not produce any noticeable effect on the sales.
Effect (Verb): to produce Examples are given only so that students can understand
the terms better. Students can use other examples in the examination. Example: I have
effected the necessary changes in the schedule.
5. Alternate: leaving one and taking the next
Example: I visit the market on alternate days. Alternative: other choice
Example: We have no alternative but to appoint this candidate.
6. Appraise: to estimate, to judge
Example: It is difficult to appraise the work of the secretary at this stage.
Apprise: to inform
Example: The manager has been apprised of the whole situation.
7. Casual: incidental
Example: The Director made a casual reference to the diversification plans.
Causal: denoting cause
Example: You must give me in detail all the causal factors.
8. Cite: to quote
Example: He cited my examples to support his arguments.
Sight: view, vision
Example: The sight of the new factory filled his heart with happiness.
Site: place for building
Example: This site is very suitable for a chemical factory.
9. Compliment: an expression of regard
Example: I paid him compliments on his fine handlings of the office work.
Complement: that which completes
Example: A good secretary complements the work of the chairman.
10. Council: advisory or administrative body
Example: The Prime Minister will consult the Council of Ministers before taking the final
decision.
Counsel: advice
Example: I am grateful to you for this valuable counsel.
11. Credible: believable
Example: I don‟t find the statement of the cashier credible.
Creditable: worthy of credit
Example: Our company‟s performance this year is quite creditable.
12. Deny: Declare untrue or non-existent
Example: They denied having received any letter from us. Refuse:
indicate unwillingness or inability
Example: The chairperson refused to sanction the payment.
13. Dependant: one who depends on another for his maintenance Example:
He left sufficient money for the dependants.
Dependent: relying on
36
Example: Most of the farmers are still dependent on rain.
14. Deprecate: to disapprove strongly
Example: His father deprecated his proposal of setting up independent business.
Depreciate: to go down
Example: The cost of money is depreciated.
15. Device (noun): thing made for special purpose
Example: The new device will cut down the cost of production considerably. Devise
(Verb): carefully plan or invent
Example: I have devised a new strategy to increase efficiency in the office.
16. Emigrant: one who leaves his country to live in another
Example: The owner of this farmhouse is an emigrant from England.
Immigrant: one who comes to live in a foreign country
Example: In England, the immigrants do not enjoy the same rights as the British.
17. Equitable: fair, just
Example: There ought to be equitable distribution of work among all members.
Equable: uniform
Example: The climate of Bombay is equable.
18. Expedient: desirable, advisable
Example: It is not expedient for you to see the chairperson at this moment.
Expeditious: quick
Example: Expeditious steps should be taken to increase the output.
19. Honorary: holding an office without receiving a pay
Example: Mr. Gupta is an honorary member of our society.
Honourable: worthy of honour
Example: Many honourable Members of Parliament were present on this occasion.
20. Industrial: relating to industry
Example: Discuss the prominent features of the new industrial policy.
Industrious: hardworking
Example: Being industrious, she has secured a high first division.
21. Judicial: pertaining to law
Example: This is my decision in my judicial capacity.
Judicious: wise
Example: We should be judicious in choosing our profession.
22. Later: comparative degree of „late‟ Example:
She reached the office later than I. Latter:
coming after (refers to position)
Example: Sudha and Madhu are the two secretaries. The latter is the more dynamic of the
two.
23. Loose: not tight/free from bonds or restraint
Example: This shirt is too loose for me. Lose:
be deprived or cease to have
Example: You are sure to lose in this bargain.
24. Necessaries: Things without which life is not possible, such as food, clothing and shelter
Example: the necessaries of life should be available at low prices
Necessities: Pressing needs
Example: One should not adopt unfair means to fulfil the necessities of life.
37
25. Negligent: careless
Example: Members found negligent will be taken to task.
Negligible: Very little
Example: There was a negligible rise in the profits.
26. Official: connected with the office
Example: The manager has gone on an official tour.
Officious: meddlesome
Example: I get irritated at his officious manners.
27. Persecute: to oppress
Example: Jews were persecuted by Hitler.
Prosecute: to initiate legal proceedings against
Example: Trespassers will be prosecuted.
28. Personnel: persons employed in any service
Example: This office employs highly educated and cultured personnel.
Personal: private
Example: Personal matters should not be discussed in the office.
29. Practical: opposed to theoretical
Example: Your plan is attractive but there will be some practical
problems. Practicable: that which can be translated into action
Example: Your plan is attractive but not practicable.
30. Precede: to go before
Example: Duty should precede everything else.
Proceed: to go on
Example: The inspection committee is proceeding to Mumbai tomorrow.
List of Inflated Words and their substitutes:
No Inflated phrases Suggested substitute
1 Accomplish Do
2 Accordingly So
3 Acquire Get
4 along the lines of Like
5 a decreased number of fewer
6 a large number of Many
7 a large proportion of Much
8 at a rapid rate rapidly
9 at some future time Later
10 at present time, at this point of Now
time
11 bring about Cause
12 call for your attention remind you
13 come to the conclusion conclude
38
14 combined together combine
15 Commence Begin
16 due to the fact that because
17 except in a small number of cases usually
18 for the purpose of For
19 have the appearance of look like
20 in view of the fact that As
21 in accordance with by, under
22 in the interest of For
23 in this case Here
24 in the vicinity of Near
25 in several instances Often
26 owing to the fact that because, since
27 prior to the time that before
28 personally speaking I think
29 under circumstances in which If
30 with the result that So
39
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-III
CC302: Introduction to Marketing Management
Introduction: The field of management has undergone a sea change and has today assumed a
form of a profession with a well-defined body of knowledge. This knowledge is continuously
evolving and newer trends are constantly emerging. Now it has become utmost necessary for
everyone to have knowledge of this field.
1. Objective: This subject is designed to provide a basic understanding of the subject of
marketing management to the students. What marketing management is? How it has
evolved during the time? What can be marketed and How it can be marketed?
The second part of the same subject (offered in the fourth semester) will throw
light on the variables of marketing mix and the marketing strategies related to it.
2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual
behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics,
managing change towards organizational effectiveness.
3. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
4. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Introduction to Marketing:
A) Scope and Importance
B) Core Marketing Concepts
C) Marketing as a Function
D) Marketing Orientations or Concepts
E) Difference between Selling & Marketing
F) Marketing Process
G) Marketing Mix
- Developing the Marketing Mix
- The Role of Marketing Mix in Marketing Planning and
Marketing Strategy
- Choosing the Optimum Marketing Mix
25%
2 Market Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning
A) What is Market Segmentation?
B) Benefits of Segmentation
C) Bases of Segmentation
D) Target Marketing
25%
40
- Positioning
3 Buyer Behaviour and Marketing Research
- What is Buyer Behaviour?
- Meaning and Importance
- Buyer Behaviour Models
- Buying Characteristics Influencing Consumer Behaviour
- Buyer Decision Making Process (including Buying
Roles and Types of Buyer Behaviour)
- Factors Influencing Organizational Buyers
25%
4 Marketing Research and Marketing Information Systems:
A) Definition of Marketing Research
B) Objectives and Importance of Marketing Research
C) Process of Marketing Research
D) Applications of Marketing Research
E) Limitations of Marketing Research
F) Introduction of MkIS
G) Components of a MkIS
25%
5. Topics for Assignments :
1. Ten entities that can be marketed.
2. Difference between product and service.
3. Holistic Marketing Concept.
4. Bases of Segmentation for the following products: Books, Shoes, Mangal sutra,
Broom, Printer, Cosmetic Lenses, Ready made Furniture (Full Bed Room Set) and
Pen drive.
6. Suggested Topics for Seminar:
1. Consumer buying behaviour for consumer durables, two wheelers and digital products.
(Any two products)
2. Societal marketing by local/state/central government of India.
3. Product line and product mix of any one company.
4. Target market of any 3 companies in/for last 5 years.
7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
1. Marketing Management; Dr. K.Karunakaran, Himalaya Publishing House, 2009
Edition.
2. Marketing Management, 13
th
Edition: A South Asian Perspective, Abraham Koshy
and Mithileshwar Jha, Philip Kotler and Kevin Keller.
3. Marketing Management, Rajan Saxena, 4
th
Edition, Tata-Mcgraw Hill.
4. Marketing Management – Global perspective, V S Ramaswamy and S
Namakumari, Indian context; 4
th
Edition Macmillan Publishers India Ltd.
41
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at
the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
42
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-III
CC303: Company Account (Paper-I)
1. Objective: The objective of the paper is to familiarize the students in respect of
various legal provisions for preparation and presentation as per the Indian Companies
Act, 1956 and the prevailing accounting standards. The course also exposes to
students contemporary issues in Accounting.
2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual
behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics,
managing change towards organizational effectiveness.
3. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
4. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 (A) Issue of Bonus shares -Meaning, Sources and Guidelines
for the issue of Bonus Shares, Accounting treatment for the issue
of bonus shares.
(B) Share split- subdivision of shares and conversion of shares
into Stock
Buyback of share :Meaning Legal provisions for buyback of
shares, SEBI guidelines for buyback, accounting treatment for
buyback
(c) Employee Stock Option Scheme: Meaning Employee Stock
Purchase Scheme (Theory only)
25%
2 Final Accounts of Companies : ( Vertical Format Only –
Excluding calculation of managerial remuneration.
25%
3 Amalgamation and Absorption: Accounting for Mergers and
Acquisitions (As per Indian Accounting Standard – 14) Purchase
method and pooling of interest method (excluding Inter- Company
holding)
25%
4 (A) Human Resource Accounting : Meaning, Objectives,
Benefits and Limitations, Methods of Valuation (Only theory) -
Historical Cost, Replacement Cost, Opportunity Cost, Standard
Cost and Present Value Method.
(B) Inflation Accounting: Meaning, Approaches to Inflation
Accounting(Theory Only).
(C) Recent developments in Accounting: Environmental
accounting – Meaning and Significance, An Overview of
Corporate Environmental reporting in India.; Forensic accounting
– Meaning, Role of Forensic Accountant.
25%
43
5. Topics for Assignments :
1. Lean Accounting- Meaning and Objectives.
2. Social Accounting – Meaning and Approaches to Social Accounting
3. Right Issue – Concept and advantages.
4. Company Liquidation – Meaning, modes and consequences.
5. Brand Accounting.
6. Inter Firm Comparison – Meaning, Pre-requisites, advantages and limitations.
7. Auditing – Meaning, Objectives, Types of Audit, Qualities of an auditor,
qualifications of an auditor, Status of an auditor
6. Suggested Topics for Seminar:
1. Foreign Exchange Accounting.
2. Accounting Standards - AS – 3 & AS – 6.
3. Deferred Tax Liability and Deferred Tax Asset.
4. Earnings per Share.
5. Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL)
7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
1. Corporate Accounting 5th Edition by Dr. S.N.Maheshwari & Dr. S.K. Maheshwari
Vikas Publishing House.
2. Advanced Accountancy – II (Corporate Accounting), 18th Edition by S.P.Jain & K. N
Narang , Kalyani Publication.
3. Financial Accounting – Principles & Practices by Jawaharlal and Seema Srivastava.
S.Chand Publication.
4. Corporate Accounting – by A. Muklherjee & M. Hanif – Tata Mcgraw Hill.
5. Financial Accounting for Management (An Analytical Perspective) 3
rd
Edition
by Ambrish Gupta - Pearson Publication.
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at
the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
44
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-III
CC304: Managerial Economics (Paper-I)
1. Objective: To Familiarize the students with concepts and analytical tools in
Managerial Economics applied in a variety of day-to-day business situations.
2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual
behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics,
managing change towards organizational effectiveness.
3. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
4. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION (3) : Definition of Managerial
Economics.The nature and scope of Managerial Economics
Relationship of Managerial Economics with other disciplines.
(Mathematics, economics, statistics)
CHAPTER 2: DEMAND DISTINCTION (2) : Producers‟
Demand and Consumers‟ Demand Demand for Durable goods and
Non durable goods. Firms‟ Demand and Industries‟ Demand. Short
run Demand and Long run Demand. Derived Demand and
Autonomous Demand. Sect oral Demand and Market Demand.
CHAPTER 3: DEMAND FORECASTING (5): Definition and
Importance of demand forecasting. Methods of Demand
Forecasting.
25%
2 CHAPTER 4: THE THEORY OF CONSUMER
BEHAVIOUR. (10) : Definition of Indifference Curve. Marginal
Rate Of Substitution. Law of diminishing marginal rate of
substitution. Characteristics of Indifference curve. Budget
Constraint/ Price-line /Income- expenditure line. Consumer‟s
equilibrium with ordinal approach. Income Effect Substitution
Effect (slutsky equation) Price Effect (only for normal goods) Price
Consumption Curve.(Different shapes of PCC, Derivation of
demand curve with the help if PCC) Consumer‟s surplus with
ordinal approach.
25%
3 CHAPTER 5: ELASTICITY OF DEMAND (10) : Concept of
Income Elasticity, degrees of income elasticity and factors
affecting Income Elasticity. Concept of Price Elasticity, degrees of
25%
45
price elasticity, factors affecting price elasticity and its application
Methods of measuring price elasticity. 1. Percentage Method, 2.
Total Outlay Method, 3.Point Elasticity Method.
4 CHAPTER 6: THEORY OF PRODUCTION FUNCTION (5) :
Concept of Production function. Total, Average and Marginal
Productivity. Isoquants and Iso-cost line. (Concept, Characteristics,
MRTS) Returns to Scale. Law of variable Proportion.
CHAPTER 7: COST OF PRODUCTION AND COST
CURVES (5)(THEORY OF COSTS) : Concept of Cost
a. Accounting Cost Vs. Economic Cost.
b. Money Cost Vs. Real Cost.
c. Private and Social costs.
d. Fixed Cost Vs. Variable Cost.
e. Opportunity Cost.
f. Sunk Cost.
Cost of Production in the Short Run
a Fixed cost, Variable cost, and Total cost.
b.Average Fixed cost, Average Variable cost, and Marginal cost
c. Relationship between Marginal Cost and Average cost.
Cost of Production in the Long run.
a.Long run marginal cost (LMC) and Long run Average cost
(LAC)
b. Relation between LMC and LAC
25%
5. Topics for Assignments :
1. Types of Demand
2. Law of Variable Proportion
3. Short run cost concepts
4. Features of Indifference curve
6. Suggested Topics for Seminar:
(1) Application of Price Elasticity
(2) Applicability of concept of Consumer‟s Surplus
(3) Relationship between Managerial Economics and other Discipline
7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
1. Managerial Economics By D.M.Mithani
2. Managerial Economics By P. L. Mehta.
3. Micro Economic Theory By H.L. Ahuja.
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at
the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
46
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
47
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-III
CC305: Fundamental of Financial Management
1. Objective: To familiarize students with the concepts, tools and practices of financial
management. ; To understand the decisions to be taken by financial managers of
business firms.
2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual
behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics,
managing change towards organizational effectiveness.
3. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
4. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Finance Function: Meaning, Scope, Classification of functions
(Long term-short term; Executive-Routine). Organisation of
Finance Function (status and duties of a Financial manager :
Treasurer and Controller). Objectives/Goals of Financial
Management.
Time Value of Money: Concept and numerical of
Compounding and Discounting including annuity (excluding
valuation of securities).
25%
2 Management of working capital: Concept, Types, Factors
affecting working capital needs, Operating cycle approach,
Dangers of excessive and inadequate working capital.
Cash Management: Meaning, Motives of holding cash,
Functions/objectives of cash management, Cash budget (with
numericals).
Inventory Management: Meaning, Objectives of holding
inventory, Factors affecting inventory, Techniques of inventory
management :(1) EOQ (with numericals including discount
concept), ABC Analysis(without numericals) (2) Reorder point
(without numericals),
Recievables Management: Meaning, Cost and benefits, size of of
receivables, optimum credit policy and credit policy variables,
(only simple numericals of receivables are expected.)
25%
3 Leverage: (numerical and theory) Operating leverage: Meaning,
degree and effects of operating leverage on profits. Financial
25%
48
leverage: Meaning and degree Trading on equity: Meaning,
benefits and risks (including EBIT-EPS analysis) Combined
leverage.
Concept and numerical on : (a) Financial Break-Even,
(b)Indifference point.
4 Capital budgeting : A) Meaning and significance fo captial
budgeting, Types of capital budgeting decisions. ; b)Techniques:
(Meaning, Accept-Reject criterion, Advantages and
Disadvantages, comparison and numerical based on each method.)
1) Payback period; 2) Average Rate of Return; 3) Net present
value; 4) Profitability Index; 5) Internal Rate of Return .
25%
5. Topics for Assignments :
1. Introduction to Contemporary issues like: JIT systems, Out sourcing, Computerised
inventory control system.
2. Techniques of controlling inflows and outflows in modern times.
3. Captial Rationing and its relevance in capital budgeting decisions.
4. Capital Structure: Meaning and Features of an ideal capital structure.
5. Relationship of finance with economics, accounts and other disciplines
6. Suggested Topics for Seminar:
1. Managment of working capital in India.
2. Emerging role of finance managers in India.
3. Effect of high and low operating and financial leverage for a business.
4. ABC analysis of debtors
7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
1. Financial Management-Principles and Practice: C.Sudarsana Reddy, Himalaya
Publishing House.
2. Financial Management: Text, Problems and cases: M.Y.Khan and P.K.Jain :Tata
McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
3. Financial Management P.V. Kulkarni and B.G. Satyaprasad.
4. Essentials of Financial Management: I.M.Pandey, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
5. Financial Management : Prasanna Chandra.
6. Financial Management : Dr. V.k. Palanivelu, S. Chand.
7. Financial Management : Sheeba Kapil, Pearson.
8. Financial Management : Rajiv Srivastav and Anil Mishra, Oxford university press.
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at
the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
49
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
50
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-III
CC306: Basic Human Resource Management
Introduction:
Any organization is made up of four basic resources – Men, Material, Money and
Machinery. It is people that make use of non-human resources and hence are
considered most significant resources in an organization. Better educated, more skilled
and well aware of their interest are few distinguishing characteristics of modern human
resources. Human resource management is an art of managing human capital in such
manner that they give best to the organization.
1. Objective: To impart the fundamentals of Human Resource Management to the
students. ; To introduce HRM as an integral managerial function while focusing on
pre-procurement, procurement and development of human resources.
2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual
behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics,
managing change towards organizational effectiveness.
3. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
4. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Introduction : Definition, Scope and Objectives of HRM
Pre-Procurement : Human Resource Planning: Definition of
HRP; Process (including demand forecasting methods –
managerial judgement, work study, ratio-trend analysis and Delphi
technique)and supply forecasting methods (management inventory
, skill inventory, inflows and outflows , turnover rate, conditions of
work and absenteeism)
Job Analysis: Meaning of Job analysis, Process of job
analysis(including methods of data collection – interview,
questionnaire, observation ,checklist, diary, technical conference.
25%
2 Procurement :
Recruitment : Definition and process of recruitment.
Selection : Definition ; Types of selection tests ( in detail ) –
personality, interest, graphology, medical, ability, aptitude,
psychomotor, polygraph test ; Factors to be considered while
25%
51
choosing selection test- reliability, validity, objectivity and
standardization. Meaning of interview, types of interviews ( in
detail )- one to one , sequential , panel , structured, unstructured,
mixed, behavioral, stress. Common interview problem, interview
do‟s and don‟ts.
Orientation : Meaning , types of orientation programmes – formal
and informal, individual and collective, serial and disjunctive,
investiture and divestiture.
3 Development :
Job Design : Definition , Methods of job design- work
simplification, job rotation, job enrichment, job enlargement ,
autonomous or self directed team , high performance work team.
Development : Definition of development , need and objective of
development, methods of development – understudy assignment,
committee assignment, transaction analysis, organization
development, role play, in basket exercise.
Career planning : Concept of career, career planning and
succession planning, career stages – Exploration , Establishment,
Mid-career, Late career and Decline.
25%
4 Evaluating and Rewarding Employees:
Performance Appraisal : Definition and Importance of Performance
Appraisal, Methods of Performance Appraisal ( 360 degree
feedback, MBO, Critical Incident, Forced choice and rating scale
method ) , problems/errors in P.A. – Spillover Effect, leniency
effect, halo effect, primacy and recency effect , central tendency,
status effect. Definition of job evaluation, importance of job
evaluation, difference between performance appraisal and job
evaluation.
Promotion, Transfer and Separation :
Promotion : Definition , Types – vertical , horizontal , dry;
Principles of promotion including bases of promotion – Seniority ,
Merit or both.
Transfer : Definition , Types- Production, Replacement,
Versatility, Shift, Remedial.
Separation: Definition , Types – Layoff, retrenchment, dismissal,
resignation, V.R.S.
25%
5. Topics for Assignments :
1 Difference between HRM and Personnel Management
2) Qualities of HR Manger
3) Difference between education, learning, training and development.
4) Evolution of H.R.M.
6. Suggested Topics for Seminar:
1. Principles of effective orientation programme.
52
2. Job Description and Job specification
3. Performance Appraisal methods (Psychological appraisal, Assessment centre)
4. Methods of Job Evaluation
5. Functions of Human Resource Management
7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
1. Human Resource and Personnel Management – Text and Cases; K.Aswathappa; Tata
McGraw Hill ; 4
rd
Edition. OR Latest Edition.
2. Personnel Management and Industrial Relations; N.G.Nair and Latha Nair ; S. Chand
; 1
st
Edition reprinted in 2004. [ Particularly for Section I, Topic 4, Career planning
and development ]
3. Human Resource Management – Text and Cases;S.S.Khanka; S. Chand; 1
st
Edition
reprinted in 2009.
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at
the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
53
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-III
CC307: Elementary Statistics
Introduction:
The student will understand the basic statistical concepts and terminology involved in
Probability, Correlation & Regression, Probability Distribution and Statistical Quality
Control. The course focuses on how to interpret and solve business -related word
problems and to develop simple Statistical models from a business perspective.
1. Objective: To create a better understanding of Statistical concepts in solving business
and commerce related problems. The course serves as a good foundation for further
study in management, accounting marketing and finance.
2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual
behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics,
managing change towards organizational effectiveness.
3. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
4. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 1. Probability
1.1 Basic Concepts : Random Experiment , Events , Sample
Space, Mutually Exclusive Events, Equally Likely Events,
Independent Events , Dependent Events
1.2 Definition of probability of an Event, Statistical or Empirical
definition of probability, Axiomatic or Modern approach to
probability
1.3 Conditional Probability
1.4 Addition and Multiplication Rules of Probability (without
proof)
1.5 Baye‟s Rule (without proof)
1.6 Applications
2. Mathematical Expectation
2.1 Definition of Random Variable
2.2 Discrete Random Variables and Continuous Random Variables
2.3 Meaning of Probability Distribution
2.4 Discrete Probability Distributions
2.5 Probability Mass Function
2.6 Expected Value of Discrete Random Variable and its
properties (without proof)
2.7 Variance of Discrete Random Variable and its properties
25%
54
(without proof)
2.8 Application
2 Probability Distributions: Discrete
1.1 Binomial Distribution: Necessary conditions, Binomial
Distribution Function and its properties, Applications
1.2 Poisson Distribution: Necessary conditions, Poisson
Distribution Function and its properties, Applications
1.3 Hyper Geometric Distribution: Necessary conditions, Hyper
Geometric Distribution Function and its properties,
Applications.
25%
3 1.Correlation
1.1 Definition, Meaning and interpretation, Properties, Importance
of correlation
1.2 Correlation Coefficient
1.3 Types of Correlation
1.4 Scatter Diagram Method and its limitations
1.5 Karl Pearson‟s Product Moment Method : Assumptions, Merits
and Demerits
1.6 Spearman‟s Rank Correlation and its uses
1.7 Coefficient of Determination and its interpretation
1.8 Probable Error
1.9 Applications
2. Regression
2.1 Meaning and importance of regression
2.2 Regression Lines and Regression Coefficients, properties and
their uses
2.3 Equations of Regression Lines
2.4 Difference between Regression & Correlation
2.5 Applications
3. Multiple-Partial Correlation and Regression
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Multiple correlation: meaning, multiple correlation coefficients
3.3 Partial correlation: meaning, multiple correlation coefficients
3.4 Multiple Regression Equation of three variables only
3.5 Applications
25%
4 1.Statistical Quality Control (SQC)
1.1 Concepts of Quality, Quality Control and Statistical Quality
Control
1.2 Causes of Variation in Quality
1.3 Meaning, uses and advantages of SQC
1.4 Theory of Control Charts, Theory of Runs
1.5 3σ control limits and Revised Control Limits
1.6 Types of Control Charts
1.7 Control Charts for Variables ( X and R Charts) and their
interpretations
1.8 Control Charts for Attributes ( p, np and C Charts) and their
interpretations
25%
55
2. Acceptance Sampling
2.1 Acceptance Sampling: Meaning and advantages
2.2 Single Sampling Plan (SSP) : Concept, Advantages and
disadvantages, AQL, LTPD, Producer‟s risk, Consumer‟s risk,
OC function and OC curve, AOQ, ATI, ASN, Applications
2.3 Double Sampling Plan: Meaning
5. Topics for Assignments :
1. 1 Assignments on Probability and Mathematical Expectation
2. Assignments on Correlation, Regression and Multiple-Partial correlation and
regression .
3. Assignments on Probability Discrete Distribution .
4. Assignments on SQC and Acceptance Sampling
6. Suggested Topics for Seminar:
1. Prepare a project on application of simple and multiple correlation and regression in
real life
2. Prepare a project on application of probability and mathematical expectation in real
life
7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
1. Fundamental Mathematical Statistics by S. C. Gupta & V. K. Kapoor
2. Statistical Methods by S. P. Gupta
3. Statistical Methods by P. N. Arora, Sumeet Arora & S. Arora
4. Business Statistics by J. K. Sharma
5. Statistics for Management by Levin & Rubin Statistics for Business and Economics by
Anderson, Sweeney & Williams
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at
the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
56
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-IV
CC401: Indian Financial System
1. Objective: To enable the students to acquire basic understanding of the structure,
organization and functioning of the Financial System in India. The course also aims at
exposing the students to new financial instruments and their implications in the
existing regulatory framework.
2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual
behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics,
managing change towards organizational effectiveness.
3. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
4. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Introduction :
(a) Financial system : Meaning, role and functions of a financial
system, Organised and unorganised financial sytem.
(b) Components: Financial Assets, Financial Intermediaries,
Financial Markets (money and capital markets in India)
Relevance of various interest/return rates, Regulatory
framework, Financial Instruments (in brief).
25%
2 Financial institutions and regulatory bodies:
Financial Institutions: Achievements and Limitations.
(a) Money market institutions: Meaning, Role of the
Central Bank(RBI) in money markets. Commercial banks:
Meaning and Functions Indigenous Financial Agencies:
Bankers, Money lenders, Discount houses, Accepting
houses(only meaning and features)
(b) Capital Market institutions: (Meaning and functions)
Merchant Banks, Investment companies, Management
Investment companies, Development banks, Mutual Funds.
(c) Special Financial Institutions: Factors for their growth
(need) Objectives and functions of: (1) IDBI (2) IFCI (3)
SFCs (4) ICICI (5) EXIM Bank of India
(d)Coperative Banking Institutions: Meaning, definition,
principles, Features and Structure.
(e) Non-Banking Finance Companies: Meaning, Role, Types of
25%
57
NBFC services, Reclassification of NBFCs.
(f) SEBI: Introduction to SEBI ACT 1992, Main Functions of
the Board.
3 Financial Markets in India:
(a) Capital Markets: Meaning, Role and importance,
Development initiatives and reforms (in brief). Composition:
Primary-Secondary
I. Primary Markets: Meaning, instruments, New Issue
Market:Features, objectives and functions, Constituents or
players, Problems and Recent Developments including the
concept of book building.
Modes of procuring long term funds: Public issue,
Rights issue, Bonus issue, Private placement.
II. Secondary Markets.: Meaning, Functions of the stock
exchange, Benefits to the community-investors-companies,
Listing of securities and its benefits, Stock market indices,
Types of dealings, types of securities traded on the Indian
stock exchanges, Comparison of the three exchanges (BSE,
NSE, OTCEI)
(b) Money Markets: Meaning, features of organized and
unorganised money markets Instruments: Treasury Bills,
Certificate of Deposits, Commercial Paper, Call, money
Commerical bills, Inter-corporate deposits, Inter-bank
participation certificates.
25%
4 Financial services:
1. Venture Capital Financing: Meaning, Steps in VCF, Methods
of VCF, Disinvestment mechanism, VCF in India.
2. Factoring: Meaning, Types, costs and benefits of factoring,
difference between factoring and For faiting.
3. Leasing: Meaning, Definition, advantages to lessor and lessee,
types of leases (operating, finance, leveraged, sales and lease-
back, leveraged and cross-border.)
4. Underwriting: Meaning and benefits
5. Credit Rating Agencies: Meaning and role of such agencies.
A brief idea about : CRISIL, CARE ICRA.
6. Others: A brief idea about : NSDL, STCI.
25%
5. Topics for Assignments :
1. Modern Financing instruments including Hybrid instruments
2. Major issues in the Indian Financial System.
3. Role of NABARD ,DFHIL, SIDBI.
4. Resource mobilisation from international markets.
5. Special Financial Institutions: LIC, UTI
58
6. Suggested Topics for Seminar:
1. Reforms in Indian Capital Markets and their impact.
2. Stock exchange operations - an overview.
3. Role of Credit Rating Agencies and their limitations.
4. Micro-financing in India.
5. Reforms in Banking sector.
6. Capital Market Scams.
7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
1. The Indian financial system and Development- Vasant Desai, Himalaya Publishing
House.
2. Financial Markets and Institutions-Dr. S. Gurusamy,Tata McGraw Hill.
3. The Indian Financial System-Dr. Bharti Pathak, Pearson.
4. Indian Financial System-M.Y.Khan, Mc.Graw Hill
5. Financial Management-Prasanna Chandra,
6. Financial Management-P.V.Kulkarni and Satyaprasad
7. Financial Management- I.M.Pandey, Vikas Publishing House.
8. Financial Management- M.Y.Khan and P.K.Jain :Tata McGraw Hill Education
Pvt. Ltd.
9. Financial Management-Principles and Practice: C.Sudarsana Reddy, Himalaya
Publishing House.
10. Financial Management : Dr. V.k. Palanivelu, S. Chand.
11. Financial Management : Sheeba Kapil, Pearson.
12. Financial Services: Thummuluri Siddaiah, Pearson.
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at
the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
59
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-IV
CC402: Marketing Management
Introduction: The field of management has undergone a sea change and has today
assumed a form of a profession with a well-defined body of knowledge. This
knowledge is continuously evolving and newer trends are constantly emerging. Now it
has become utmost necessary for everyone to have knowledge of this field.
1. Objective: This subject is designed to provide a basic understanding of the subject of
marketing management to the students. What marketing management is? How it has
evolved during the time? What can be marketed and How it can be marketed?
This part is the extension of the core course offered in semester III namely,
“Introduction to Marketing”. Basics of marketing management have been introduced
in the IIIrd semester and in this part; the marketing mix variables and the different
strategies related to the variables are discussed.
2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual
behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics,
managing change towards organizational effectiveness.
3. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
4. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Product Management Part-I
(a) Product Decisions
- Concepts of Products
- Levels of Products
- Classification of Products
- Product Decisions
(b) Individual Product Decision (branding, packaging, labeling,
servicing)
(c) Product Line Decisions
(d) Product Mix Decisions Product Differentiation
(e) The Concept of Product Life Cycle
- The Product Life Cycle
- Stages in PLC and Marketing Strategies
(f) The New Product Development Process
25%
60
- Introduction – need for new products
- The Product Development Process
2 Product Management Part-II AND Pricing Decisions :
a. Brand Concepts: (Weightage 15%)
- Brand Equity
- Brand Strategy Decisions
- Brand Re launch
b. Pricing Decision and Strategies (Weightage 10%)
- Objectives of Pricing
- Factors Influencing Pricing Decisions
- Pricing Strategies
- Special Pricing Strategies
25%
3 Distribution Decisions:
- Channels of Distribution
- Role and Importance of Channels
- Functions of Channels
- Channel Levels
- Types of Intermediaries and Number
- Types of Retailing
- Wholesaling
- Vertical and Horizontal Marketing Systems
- Multi-channel Marketing Systems
25%
4 Marketing Communications:
- Integrated Marketing Communications
- Advertising and Publicity
- Developing Effective Advertising Programs
- Difference between Advertising and Publicity
- Sales Promotions
a) Consumer Sales Promotion
b) Trade Promotion
- Public Relations
- Personal Selling
a) Steps in Personal Selling Process
b) Sales Force Management
c) Direct Marketing
25%
5. Topics for Assignments :
1. Brand Strategies of any one company.
(b) Market position of a newly launched product or service in last one year.
2. Methods of sales forecasting.
3. A note on consumerism.
6. Suggested Topics for Seminar:
1. Distribution strategy of any one company.
2. Promotional tools (communication mix) adopted by any one company.
3. Comparative advertising strategies of any two companies.
4. Sales promotions offered by FMCG companies/brands (Minimum two
companies/brands).
61
7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
10. Marketing Management; Dr. K.Karunakaran, Himalaya Publishing House, 2009
Edition.
11. Marketing Management, 13
th
Edition: A South Asian Perspective, Abraham Koshy
and Mithileshwar Jha, Philip Kotler and Kevin Keller.
12. Marketing Management, Rajan Saxena, 4
th
Edition, Tata-Mcgraw Hill.
13. Marketing Management – Global perspective, V S Ramaswamy and S
Namakumari, Indian context; 4
th
Edition Macmillan Publishers India Ltd.
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at
the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
62
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-IV
CC403: Corporate Financial Statement
1. Objective: The paper aims at enabling the students to develop knowledge and
understanding of financial statement analysis; different tools and techniques of
financial analysis and its practical application in the published financial reports of the
companies.
2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual
behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics,
managing change towards organizational effectiveness.
3. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
4. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 (A)Financial Statements – Meaning, types and Limitations.
Meaning of Financial Statements Analysis, Meaning of various
tools of Financial Analysis – Horizontal Analysis, Vertical
Analysis Trend Analysis, Common Size Statement.
(B)Ratio Analysis – Meaning and Functional Classification of
ratios. (Profitability, Liquidity, Leverage, Turnover, Market
Strength Analysis and Coverage), Calculation and Interpretation
of Ratios from Balance Sheet and Income Statement
25%
2 Cash Flow Statement – Meaning, Preparation of
Cash Flow Statements (As per AS. 3)
Meaning of Fund flow statement. Difference between
Fund flow statement and Cash flow statement.
25%
3 (A) Common Size statements – Meaning and Preparation of
Common size Profit/Loss A/C and B/S.
(B) Value Added statement – Meaning and Preparation
of Value Added Statement.
(C) Introduction to concept of Extensible Business Reporting
Language (XBRL)
-
25%
4 (A) Understanding the Contents of Corporate Annual Reports:
Balance Sheet ; Income Statement ; Cash flow Statement ;
Significant Accounting Policies; Auditors Report; Directors
Report; Management Discussion and Analysis; Notes to
Accounts.
(B)Corporate Financial Reporting – Meaning, Objectives of
25%
63
corporate financial reporting, Qualitative characteristics of
financial reporting information. Window Dressing in
corporate financial reporting, Creative Accounting/ Creative
Financial Practices adopted in window dressing.
(c) Specific Issues in Corporate Financial Reporting:
(a) Segment reporting - Meaning and need
(b) Interim reporting – Meaning and need.
(c) Corporate Governance - Meaning.
5. Topics for Assignments :
1. Brand Strategies of any one company.
(d) Market position of a newly launched product or service in last one year.
2. Methods of sales forecasting.
3. A note on consumerism.
6. Suggested Topics for Seminar:
1. Distribution strategy of any one company.
2. Promotional tools (communication mix) adopted by any one company.
3. Comparative advertising strategies of any two companies.
4. Sales promotions offered by FMCG companies/brands (Minimum two
companies/brands).
7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
1. Marketing Management; Dr. K.Karunakaran, Himalaya Publishing House, 2009
Edition.
2. Marketing Management, 13th
Edition: A South Asian Perspective, Abraham Koshy and
Mithileshwar Jha, Philip Kotler and Kevin Keller.
3. Marketing Management, Rajan Saxena, 4th
Edition, Tata-Mcgraw Hill.
4. Marketing Management – Global perspective, V S Ramaswamy and S
Namakumari, Indian context; 4th
Edition Macmillan Publishers India Ltd.
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the
end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format
includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be
done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or
her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given
units
14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be
a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be
a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be
a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be
a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
64
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-IV
CC404: Managerial Economics (Paper-II)
1. Objective: The main objective is to develop decision making capacity in students.
Managerial Economics can be viewed as an application of that part of micro
economics that focuses on topics like demand, production, cost, pricing and market
structure. Understanding these principle will help to develop a rational decision
making. Managerial Economics sharpens the analytical framework that the executive
must bring to bear on managerial decisions. In general Managerial Economics will
help managers to ensure that resources are allocated efficiently within the firm and that
the firm makes appropriate reaction to changes in the Economic Environment.
2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual
behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics,
managing change towards organizational effectiveness.
3. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
4. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 PERFECT COMPETITION AND MONOPOLY :
1. Meaning and Characteristics of Perfect Competition.
2. AR, MR and Elasticity under Perfect Competition.
3. Short run equilibrium of the firm under PC
4. Long run equilibrium of the firm under PC.
5. Meaning and Characteristics of Monopoly.
6. AR, MR and Elasticity under Monopoly.
7. Short run Equilibrium under Monopoly.
8. Long run equilibrium under Monopoly.
25%
2 DISCRIMINATORY MONOPOLY :
1. When Price Discrimination is Possible, Profitable and
Socially desirable with diagram.
2. Equilibrium of price discriminating monopolist.
3. Dumping Case under Monopoly
MONOPOLISTIC COMPETITION :
1. Meaning and Characteristics of Monopolistic Competition.
2. AR, MR and Elasticity under Monopolistic Competition.
3. Short run equilibrium under Monopolistic competition.
4. Long run equilibrium under Monopolistic competition.
25%
65
5. Excess capacity and monopolistic competition.
3 OLIGOPOLY:
1. Meaning and characteristics of Oligopoly.
2. Collusive Oligopoly
a. Cartels (Joint Profit Maximization Cartels and Market
Sharing Cartels)
b. Price leadership. (Low cost price leadership, barometric
price leadership and dominant price leadership)
3. Non collusive Oligopoly
a. Kinky Demand Curves
b. Cournot‟s Model
25%
4 BREAK- EVEN ANALYSIS :
1. Assumption
2. Chart and formula method of calculating Break-even
Analysis
3. Numerical.
PRICING POLICY
1. Objectives
2. Different Methods of Pricing
25%
5. Topics for Assignments :
1. Features of Market
2. Collusive Oligopoly
3. Pricing Methods
4. Break Even Analysis
6. Suggested Topics for Seminar:
1. Dumping
2. Excess Capacity
3. Non- collusive oligopoly
4. Factors affecting pricing
7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
1. Managerial Economics By D.M.Mithani
2. Managerial Economics By P. L. Mehta.3.
3. Micro Economic Theory By H.L. Ahuja.
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at
the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
66
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
67
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-IV
CC405: Human Resource Management
Introduction :
An understanding of Human Resource Management is important to employee
employed in any organization. H.R. Managers must understand the scope and
application of the personnel policies and practices of their organization to ensure
optimum utilization of employees. The changing business environment is highly
competitive and complex and makes it necessary to study these changes along with its
impact on human resources within an organization.
1. Objective: To enable the students gain complete insight into various domains of
Human Resource Management ; To introduce core and critical areas of HRM such as
employee performance evaluation, compensation and incentives administration and
benefits management. ; To offer an insight into the activities that foster employer –
employee relationship.
2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual
behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics,
managing change towards organizational effectiveness.
3. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
4. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Industrial Relations and Trade Union:
1. Industrial Relations: Definition, Objectives, Parties to Industrial
relations.
2. Trade Union: Definition, Reasons for joining trade union,
Problems of Trade union.
3. Industrial Dispute: Definition of Industrial Dispute, Reasons for
disputes, Concept of Grievance and Grievance Procedure,
Methods of solving dispute – Collective Bargaining,
Conciliation, Arbitration and Adjudication (last 3 methods in
brief )
25%
2 Employee Compensation:
1. Employee and Executive Remuneration: Definition of
remuneration , Components of employee and executive
remuneration , Reasons for higher remuneration to executives.
25%
68
2. Incentives : Meaning , Importance of Incentive and limitations ,
Methods of Incentives – Taylor, Merrick, Emerson and Gantt
(both theory and practical)
3 Maintenance:
1. Fringe Benefits: Definition, types and principles of fringe
benefits.
2. Employee Welfare: Definition, types of welfare measures.
(intramural and extra mural), Approaches to employee welfare.
3. Safety and Health : Concept of industrial safety and health,
safety program and policy, Causes of industrial accidents – man
made and mechanical, Aids , Violence and noise control ; How
to handle accidents; Stress - meaning, Reasons / Sources of
stress.
25%
4 Integration:
1. Workers Participation in Management : Definition , Meaning
and Importance , Scope of participation ( including Board level
participation , ownership participation , staff or work council ,
Quality circles , TQM , Financial participation , Joint council
and committees ) , Limitations of participation.
2. HR challenges (brief knowledge of outsourcing , B.P.O. ,call
centres, work life balance , ethical issues and diversity)
3. HRaudit: meaning, benefits, scope- audit of HR functions ,audit
of managerial compliance , audit of HR climate ,audit of
corporate strategy.
25%
5. Topics for Assignments :
1. Trade Union Power Tactics.
2. Various Occupational Hazards.
3. Approaches to Industrial Relations.
4. Evolution of Trade Union.
6. Suggested Topics for Seminar:
1. Concept of Wages.
2. Absenteeism and Turnover.
3. Human Resource Information System.
4. Strategies for handling stress.
5. Objectives of Employee Welfare.
7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
1. Human Resource and Personnel Management – Text and Cases; K.Aswathappa;
Tata McGraw Hill ; 4
rd
Edition. OR Latest Edition.
2. Personnel Management and Industrial Relations; N.G.Nair and Latha Nair ; S. Chand ;
1
st
Edition reprinted in 2004. [ Particularly for Section I, Topic 4, Career planning and
development ]
3. Human Resource Management – Text and Cases;S.S.Khanka; S. Chand; 1
st
Edition
reprinted in 2009.
69
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at
the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
70
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-IV
CC406: Business State
Introduction:
The student will understand the basic statistical concepts and terminology involved in
sampling methods, normal distribution, statistical inference. The course focuses on
how to interpret and solve business-related word problems and to develop simple
Statistical models from a business perspective.
1. Objective: To create a better understanding of Statistical concepts in solving
business and commerce related problems. The course serves as a good foundation for
further study in management, accounting ,marketing and finance.
2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual
behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics,
managing change towards organizational effectiveness.
3. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
4. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 1.Sampling Methods
1.1 Basic concepts of Population and Sample
1.2 Population inquiry, Sample Inquiry
1.3 Characteristics of a good sample
1.4 Sampling: Meaning, Merits and Demerits of Sampling
1.5 Types of Sampling
(i) Simple Random sampling (with and without
replacement method): Sampling Method,
properties, advantages and disadvantages
(ii) Stratified Random Sampling: Sampling Method,
properties, advantages and disadvantages,
determination of sample size under proportional
allocation and optimum allocation
25%
71
2.Normal Distribution
2.1 Continuous Probability Distribution, Probability Density
Function
2.2 Normal Distribution: Necessary conditions, Normal
Distribution Function and its properties, Applications
2 1.Testing of Hypothesis: Large Sample Tests
1.1 Basic concepts: Hypothesis, Null Hypothesis, Alternative
Hypothesis, Statistic, Parameter, Sampling Distribution,
Standard Error, Type I and Type II errors, Level of
Significance, Acceptance Region, Critical Region
1.2 Testing of Hypothesis, Testing Procedure
1.3 Large Sample Tests
(i) Test for Variables: Test of mean, Test of difference
between two means, Test of difference between two
standard deviations
(ii) Test for Attributes: Test of proportion, Test of
difference between two proportions 1.4 Estimation of
Confidence Interval and Determination of optimum sample
size .
25%
3 1.Testing of Hypothesis: Small Sample Tests
1.1 Degree of Freedom
1.2 t Test: Test of Mean, Test of difference between two means,
Paired t test
1.3 F Test : Test of difference between two variances, Application
of F test in ANOVA (One way and Two way)
25%
4 1.Chi Square Test
1.1 Test of Independence
1.2 Test of Goodness of Fit
1.3 Test for Population Variance
2.Non Parametric Test
2.1 advantages and disadvantages of non-parametric tests
2.2 Uses of non-parametric tests
(a) Types of non-parametric tests
(b) The one sample Sign test
(c) The one sample Runs Test
(d) Mann-Whitney U Test
25%
5. Topics for Assignments :
1. Assignments on Decision theory and sampling methods
2. Assignments on Normal Distribution and Large Sample Tests
3. Assignments on Small Sample Tests
4. Assignments on Chi Square Test and Non-Parametric Tests
72
6. Suggested Topics for Seminar:
1. Prepare a project on application large and small sample tests in real life
2. Prepare a project on application of chi square test and non-parametric tests in
real life
7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books:
1. Fundamental Mathematical Statistics by S. C. Gupta & V. K. Kapoor
2. Statistical Methods by S. P. Gupta
3. Comprehensive Statistical Methods by P. N. Arora, Sumeet Arora & S. Arora
4. Business Statistics by J. K. Sharma
5. Statistics for Management by Levin & Rubin
6. Statistics for Business and Economics by Anderson, Sweeney & Williams
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at
the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all
courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The
format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of
students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
73
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-IV
CC407: Industrial Exposure
Introduction:-
The BBA programme aims at providing a practical insight to the student in the various
functions of business enterprises. It is this aspect which gives a learner an edge over
other programmes in the same area. Lack of industry exposure would prove fatal and
hence a student of management needs to undergo practical training to sharpen his
theoretical skills and knowledge.
1. Objective: The course in semester -IV is an extension of the practical studies course
of semester-II. Here the students will be introduced to details of the functional areas of
management (Marketing, Production or Human Resources). It will actually bridge the
gap between theory and practice as they will study the same functional areas as theory
papers too. The industrial visit and exposure will be followed by report writing and
viva-voce. This paper also aims to sharpen the communicative skills of the students
through practical training in some of the important skills required to be mastered by
middle and higher level managers.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS:-
(d) The industrial exposure and viva‐voce paper be incorporated in the
fourth semester of BBA course with 3 credits and 4.5 hours per week in the
following manner:‐
Component Hours per week
Communication 1.5
practicals
Project work 3
Total 4.5
(a) Each batch for practical studies should not have more than 40 students. For
every batch, 1.5 hours per week have to be allocated for communication
practicals and 3 hours per week for the project work.
(b) The evaluation of communication skills external practicals will be based on
group discussion(any one topic from the list declared by the university on
the day of the exam) and group presentation (any one topic from the list
attached herewith).
(c) The project work will be evaluated on the basis of project report and
individual viva‐voce.
(d) The allocation of marks will be as under:
74
Evaluation Internal External
Communication 15 marks 35 marks
Practicals
Components Group Group presentation Group Group
discussion making discussion presentatio
6 marks 9 marks 15 marks n making
20 marks
Project work 15 marks 35 marks
Components Project report Viva voce Project Viva voce
6 marks 9 marks report 20 marks
15 marks
Total marks 30 70
Minimum passing 12 (out of 30) 28 (out of 70)
marks
(a) The marks for practical studies shall be considered for deciding grade of
the student.
(b) Minimum passing marks shall be at par with other subjects i.e. 40%.
GUIDELINES FOR PROJECT WORK:‐
(a) The visit should be to a manufacturing unit, which can be of any size and
any form of organization.
(b) A batch size should not exceed 40 students for the visit. The last batch can
be adjusted according to the strength of students in the institute.
(c) Students are required to prepare an individual report based on information
gathered during the visit and sessions with industry representatives in
consultation with the concerned teacher.
(d) The report can be of 30 to 40 pages, more descriptive in nature. Use of
graphics and pictures should be minimized. Also, mere reproduction of
secondary data should be avoided. It should cover the following areas:‐
SECTION :‐I
(a) COMPANY PROFILE:‐
Name, Registered Address, Brief History, Mission, Vision, Products, Form of
organization, Organisational Structure, Locational issues, Awards and
Achievements.
(b) FINANCE:‐
Turnover, Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss Account of last 3 Years. (If
available), Capital invested and Sources of funds.
(c) SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY AND FUTURE PLANS OF THE
ORGANISATION.
75
SECTION :- II
( DETAILS OF ANY ONE OF MARKETING, HR OR PRODUCTION UNCTIONS)
3.3 A PROJECT WITH MARKETING FOCUS SHOULD INCLUDE
FOLLOWING DETAILS ABOUT THE ORGANISATION VISITED :‐
1. Products (Relate to concepts of marketing)
2. Marketing staff and structure
3. Segmentation, Targeting, Positioning
4. Branding efforts
5. Stage of Product Life Cycle for products
6. Product hierarchy, line and mix
7. Competitors and their strategies
8. Pricing policies
9. Marketing channels and distribution networks
10. Promoting products – Advertising, Sales promotion, Publicity, Personal
selling efforts
11. Developing new products
12. Marketing research activities
13. Social responsibility of marketing.
3.4 A PROJECT WITH HUMAN RESOURCES FOCUS SHOULD INCLUDE
FOLLOWING DETAILS ABOUT THE ORGANISATION VISITED:‐
1. HR function at the organization, its values
2. Organisational structure of HR department and its pyramidial break‐
up into levels and qualifications
3. HR planning‐ Job Design classified into Job Description and Job
Specification
4. Recruitment, Selection, Orientation and Placement
5. Training and Development practices
6. Performance appraisal and Job evaluation
7. Promotions, Transfers and Separations
8. Industrial Relations
9. Remuneration policies and its relation to Minimum Wages Act;
10. Employee welfare, Safety and Health practices
11. Trade Unions
12. Disputes and their resolution
13. New HR practices; if any.
(i) A PROJECT WITH PRODUCTION FOCUS SHOULD INCLUDE
FOLLOWING DETAILS ABOUT THE ORGANISATION VISITED:‐
1. Organisation’s location and its issues for production
2. Plant layout
3. Organisation structure of the production department
76
4. Production processes – continuousintermittent
5. Capacity planning
6. Raw‐ material procurement and purchase decisions
7. Materials handling
8. Stores management
9. ETP practices
IMPORTANT:- AS THE FOCUS OF THE PROJECT WILL BE ON ONE
FUNCTIONAL AREA TO BE INCLUDED IN SECTION II, A BRIEF OVERVIEW
OF THE OTHER TWO SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN SECTION I.
(c) GUIDELINES FOR VIVA‐VOCE OF INDUSTRIAL VISIT:‐
The viva‐voce for the student should be conducted on individual basis in
English only and should be evaluated on the basis of following criteria:‐
(1) Knowledge about the company visited
(2) Topics covered
(3) Applications related to functional focus
(4) Communication skills
(d) GUIDELINES FOR COMMUNICATION SKILLS PRACTICALS:‐
a. Group Discussion:
1. The students will be divided into the groups such that the number of students
in a group is 5.
2. The students will conduct the group discussion(on any one topic declared by
the university at the time of examination) for 10 minutes on relevant and
appropriate debatable issues.
Group Presentation :
1. The students will make the presentation in a group of 5 (on any one topic as
per the list attached herewith)
2. Such groups will be formed on the basis of the chronological order.
3. The duration of the presentation would be 2 minutes per speaker which means
10 minutes for the group of 5.
4. The presentation should have Power‐Point slides only as their visual aids and
the judgment of its effectiveness should be purely done on the basis of the
speakers’ communication skills.
5. The presentation SHOULD be related to any one of the following topics:
(a) Sales presentation focusing on any product or service
(b) Presenting a report to the Board of Directors
(c) Case‐Studies of Companies.
(d) Issues of Social, Cultural and Academic Relevance
(e) Management lessons from films/books/mythology
77
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-V
CC501: MERCENTILE LAWS
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
Every Manager or Operational level executive is required to have knowledge of legal aspects of
commercial activities. Implications of various legal bindings and its implications are to be
understood though this subject.
1. Objective: To acquaint students with several legal aspects of trade and commerce or other
business transactions.
2. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
3. Course Contents :
No. Topic Weightage No of Hours
1 Indian Contract Act, 1872 60 28
2 Sale of Goods Act, 1930 25 8
3 Negotiable Instrument Act ,1881 15 4
4. Topic for Assignments:
1. Discuss entire case of Balfour v/s Balfour and also discuss its final verdict
2 Discuss case of Carlil v/s Carbolic Smoke Ball with its implications on the Indian Contract
Act.
3 Discuss case of Chinnaya v/s Ramaya along with its implication in the Contract
4 Discuss case of Weiner v/s Smith under sale of goods act and its verdict.
5 Discuss the procedure for doshounrement of Negotiable instrument in various situations.
5. Topics for Seminar/Presentation:
1. Discuss or Present Latest changes in the Negotiable Instrument act and its implications.
2. Discuss various implied conditions and warranties attached with sale of particular product.
3. Discuss Indemnity and Guarantee given by any marketer or a manufacturer under sale of
goods act.
4. Discuss the technical aspects of contract between two parties on phone or on internet.
6. Text Books:
(1) Business & Industrial Laws: (For B.Com Semester-II University of Delhi) 2
nd
Edition: By: M.C. Kuchhal, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd.
78
7. References:
(a) Mercantile Laws: S.S.Gulshan, 4
th
Edition, Excel Books.
(b) Legal Aspects of Business: Ravinder Kumar, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd, 2
nd
Edition,
(c) Business Laws by: C.L.Bansal , Excel Publication
(d) Business Laws: Bhagwati Pillai, S Chand & Co.
(e) Mercantile Laws: Satish B. Mathur, 2
nd
Edition Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
(f) Legal Aspects of Business, Text, Jurisprudence, and Cases, By: Daniel Albuquerque,
Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of
the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so
decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective,
objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like
conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of
mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
79
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-V
CC502: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
No business enterprise can exist in a vacuum. It is an integral part of the society in which it exists.
Therefore, decisions in a business enterprise and its performance is always influenced by a
number of varied factors. For efficient and effective decision making, the business enterprise must
understand its relationship with the surrounding environment.
1. Objective: The objective of this course is to sensitize towards the overall business
environment within which organization has to function and to provide insight to students of its
implication for decision making in business organizations.
2. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class
Participation
10%
3. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 1.1 Introduction to Business Environment
Concept, Definition & Importance of Business Environment, Internal
& External environment of business
1.2. Economic Environment
Reforms in Indian Money Market, Primary Capital Market &
Secondary Capital Market .
25%
2 2.1Union Budget:
Concept, Main constituents of Budget, Various types of Budgetary
Deficits. Price & Distribution controls: Objectives, Price controls;
Direct Vs Indirect, Administered prices, Dual pricing,
Subsidisation, Public Distribution System. Privatisation: Concept,
Ways of privatisation, Disinvestment process in India. Exit Policy
25%
3 Global Environment
Globalisation: Definition, Meaning & indicators of Globalisation
Foreign Investment Flows: Concepts of FDI,FPI & Role of
Foreign Investments. Introduction of GATT, Origin & Objectives
of WTO, Impact of WTO on Indian Economy. MNCs: Meaning of
MNC & TNC, Benefits from MNCs, Problems brought by MNCs.
EXIM Policy (Latest)
25%
4 4.1 Social Environment
Meaning of Social Responsibility of Business & various social
responsibility of Business. Business Ethics: Meaning & Its
importance Consumerism: Concept, Consumer Rights &
Consumerism in India
4.2 Technological & Natural Environment
Concept of Technology & Innovation, Sources of Technology
25%
80
Dynamics Concept of Natural Environment & its impact on
Business
4. Topics for Assignments
1.Detailed study of union budget.
2.Latest provisions of a new EXIM policy.
3.How SEBI works?
4.Effects of globalization on world economy.
5.Disinvestment process in India.
5. Topics for Seminars
1.Discussion over the union budget of that year.
2.Impact of FDI & FPI on Current Account Deficit.
3.Is Globalisation a tool in the hands of MNCs to enter in any country?
4.Business Ethics & MNCs.
5.Latest challenges present in modern business environment.
6.Detailed discussion on benefits and limitations of latest budget.
7.How administered prices affect the functioning of the economic system.
8.Recent changes in the attitudes of corporate in relation to CSR.
6. Text Books:
1.Economic environment of business by H.L. Ahuja, S. Chand
2.Business Environment:Text&Cases,Francis Cherunilam, Himalaya Publishing House,
7. Reference Books :
1.Essentials of Business Environment, K.Ashwathappa, Himalaya Publishing House, 6th
Edition:
2.Indian Economy, S.K.Misra & V.K.Puri, Himalaya , Edition:25th
3.Indian Economy, Ruddar Datt & K.P.M Sundharam, S.Chand & Company Ltd.,57th Edition
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of
the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class
participation
10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so
decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective,
objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like
conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of
mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
81
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-V
CC503: ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR (Paper-1)
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
Organisational Behaviour is an integration and application of behaviourial sciences to work
situations. In a continuous changing environment and culture many opportunities remain for
organizational improvement.. Oganisational behaviour provides a human perspective towards
organizational effectiveness
1. Objective: The syllabus of this subject is designed to provide valuable inputs for
understanding, reasoning , predicting and controlling human behaviour.
Various theories and topics have been covered to relate the subject to real-world problems
and issues.
2 Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual behaviour,
understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics, managing change
towards organizational effectiveness.
3 Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class
Participation
10%
4. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 INTRODUCTION TO ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
Reference book: Organizational Behavior Authors: Keith Davis &
Newstrom- 11th edition Publisher: Tata McGraw Definition of
Organisational Behaviour Contributing disciplines to the field of
Organisational Behaviour Objectives of Organisational Behaviour
Limitations of Organisational Behaviour Forces affecting the
nature of modern organizations People- structure-technology-
environment Models of Organisational Behaviour
i) Autocratic , ii) Custodial
iii) Supportive , iv) Collegial
v) System
Complete Pay/Reward Pyramid
25%
2 FOUNDATIONS OF INDIVIDUALBEHAVIOUR Reference
book: Organizational Behavior Authors: Stephen Robbins &
Seema Sanghi, Publisher: Pearson Education (2006)Biographical
characteristicsAge-gender-tenure-ability (including intellectual,
physical and job-fit ability) Learning-meaning and definition
25%
82
Shaping as a managerial tool Attitudes-meaning and definition
Types of attitudes
i) Job satisfaction , ii) Job involvement , iii) Organisational
commitment Personality-Meaning and definition Major personality
attributes influencing Organisational Behaviour
i) Locus of control
ii) Machiavellianism
iii) Self-Esteem
iv) Self –Monitoring
v) Risk-taking
vi) Type-A Type-B
vii) Pro-active personality Short notes
i) Perception
ii) Selective perception
iii) Values
iv) Emotions
3 FOUNDATIONS OF GROUP BEHAVIOUR Reference book:
Organizational Behavior Authors: Stephen Robbins & Seema
Sanghi, Publisher: Pearson Education (2006) Group –meaning and
definition
Stages of group development (5 stage model) Role: meaning role-
identity, role-perception, role- expectation, role-conflicts, role-
ambiguity. Status : meaning, Sources of status, Significance of
status
Reference book for the topic “Status” : Organizational Behavior
Authors: Keith Davis & Newstrom-11th edition ,Publisher: Tata
McGraw Techniques of group-decision making (with merits &
demerits)
i) Brainstorming , ii) Nominal group technique
Teams : meaning
Types of teams
i) Problem-solving , ii) Self-managed
iii) Cross-functional , iv) Virtual
Skills used in effective team building Consultation skills Research
& presentation skills Inter-personal skills , Reference book for the
topic “Skills used….. ” : Organizational Behavior Authors: Keith
Davis & Newstrom-11th edition ,Publisher: Tata McGraw
25%
4 FOUNDATIONS OF ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE
Reference book: Organizational Behavior Authors: Stephen
Robbins & Seema Sanghi, Publisher: Pearson Education (2006)
Types of Organisational structures
i) Matrix Organisation
ii) Virtual organization
iii) Boundaryless Organisation
Power-meaning & definition
i) Bases of power , ii) Power Tactics
Managing change
Reference book for the topic –Managing change : Organizational
Behavior Authors: Keith Davis & Newstrom-11th edition
25%
83
,Publisher: Tata McGraw
i) Levin‟s 3 step model of change
ii) Implementing change successfully (including building
support for change)
iii) Resistance to change (types & reasons)
Organisational Development-meaning & definitions Benefits and
limitations of OD
5. Suggested topics for seminars and presentations:
i) Whistle-blowing
ii) Communication barriers
iii) Performance appraisal and motivation
iv) Super leadership
6. Suggested topics for assignments:
i) Organizational Development process
ii) Employee participation programmes
iii) Power politics
iv) Characteristics of Organizational Behaviors
7. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of
the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class
participation
10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so
decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective,
objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like
conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of
mind. The structure is as under:
8. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be
a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
84
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-V
CC504: OPERATIONS RESEARCH & QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
The student will understand the basic operations research concepts and terminology involved
in Linear Programming Problem, Transportation & Assignment Problems, PERT & CPM,
Game Theory. The course focuses on how to interpret and solve business-related word
problems and to develop simple O.R. models from a business perspective.
1. Objective: To create a better understanding of Operations Research concepts in solving
business and commerce related problems. The course serves as a good foundation for further
study in management, accounting ,marketing and finance.
2. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
3. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 1.Overview of Operations Research(OR)
1.1 Origin of OR
1.2 OR Models and Modeling
1.3 Application and Scope of OR
2. Linear Programming Problem (LPP)
2.1 Introduction and General Mathematical Formulation of LPP
2.2 Assumptions of LPP
2.3 Formulation of LPP – application of LPP
2.4 Graphical Solution
2.5 Dual formulation of LPP
25%
2 Transportation Problems (TP)
1.1 General Mathematical Formulation of TP
1.2 IBFS using North West Corner Rule (NWCR), Least Cost Method
(LCM) and Vogel‟s Approximation Method (VAM)
1.3 Optimum solution using Modified Distribution (MODI) method
1.4 Solutions of TP under special cases of degeneracy, multiple,
unbalanced, restricted and maximization.
25%
3 Network Models and Methods
1.1 Introduction to network, network diagram, concepts of event and
Activity, critical path
1.2 PERT
1.3 CPM
1.4 Forward pass, Backward pass
1.5 Calculating EST,EFT, LST, LFT, Float of an activity and event
25%
4 1.Game Theory
1.1 Introduction of Game Theory and some basic terms
1.2 Pure and Mixed strategy games
1.3 Two-Persons Zero-Sum Games
25%
85
1.4 The Maximin- Minimax Principle
1.5 Games without saddle point (Mixed strategies)
1.6 Reduce game by Dominance
2. Assignment Problems(AP)
2.1 General Mathematical Formulation of AP
2.2 Hungarian Method of solving AP
2.3 Solutions of AP under special cases of unbalanced , maximization &
restricted
4. Assignments:
Assignments on Linear Programming Problem
Assignments on Transportation Problems
Assignments on Network Analysis
Assignments on Game Theory and Assignment Problem
5. Seminar Topics:
Prepare a project on application of Linear Programming Problem
Prepare a project on application of Assignment Problem
6. Reference Books:
1.An Introduction to Management Science: Quantitative Approach to Decision Making by Anderson,
Sweeney & Williams – Cengage (Erstwhile Thomson) Publications 11e
2.Practical Management Science by Winston & Albright – Cengage Erstwhile Thomson) Publications
3.Introduction to Operations Research by Hillier & Lieberman – TataMcGraw Hill Publication
4.Introduction to Operations Research by H. A. Taha- PHI Publications
5.OR Techniques for Management by V. K. Kapoor – Sultan Chand & Sons
6.OR Theory & Practice by J. K. Sharma – McMillan Publications
7.Operations Research by Premkumar Gupta & D. S. Hira - S. Chand Publications
8.Quantitative Analysis for Management by Render, Stair, Hanna & Badri – Pearson Publications
Quantitative Techniques in Management by N. D. Vohra – Tata Mcgraw Hill Publications
7. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of
the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class
participation
10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so
decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective,
objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like
conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of
mind. The structure is as under:
8. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
86
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-V
CC505: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Introduction:
In today‟s global environment business has become boundary less but still much legal, market
and political hurdles rustics business operations globally. It demands evaluation of every
opportunity in international business as well as evaluation of every country for exploration of
business activities. The intention is to have basic understanding of exploring business
internationally.
1.Objective:
• To understand Globalization, International Trade
• To know the procedure of operating business internationally
• To evaluate the opportunities in respect of different countries.
• To explore the avenues of entering the International Market
2.Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
3.Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Frame work for International Business
•Globalization: Concept and factors affecting globalization
and Restructuring ; •International Business: Reasons for
expansion ; •Concepts: International Trade, International
Marketing, International Investment, International
Management and Global Business ; •New Trade Theory:
Internal and External Economics of Scale ; •International
Political System and Ideologies:
Types of Governments, Economies System, Political System
•Principles of International Law ; •Cultural Orientation in
International Business . (Book: International Business:
Rakesh Mohan Joshi, Oxford University Press)
25%
2 Tools for International Business:
Tools for country Selection, Market Potential Index, Global
Competitive Index , FDI Confidence Index ,Global Political Risk
Index (Only Concepts), International Product Life Cycle ,
International Monetary System, Fixed and Floating Exchange
Rates, Modes of Payment in International Trade , Advance
Payment , Recoverable and Non Recoverable Letter of credit
Consignment Sales, Open Account, (Books: International
Business: Rakesh Mohan Joshi, Oxford University Press and
International Business by: Justin Paul, Tata McGraw Hill)
25%
87
3 Strategy and Structure of International Business
•Market Entry Strategies: Exporting Contractual Agreement
International SA Joint Venture Other Entry Mode
•Business Expansion Modes: Trade Related Modes oContractual
Modes Investment Modes (Sub-modes are not to be asked
separately). (Books: International Business: Rakesh Mohan Joshi,
Oxford University Press)
25%
4 Export & Import Procedure
Entire Export and Import Procedure (Ch-26 PP 487 to 510)
25%
4.Topic for Assignment:
1.Discuss the efforts of particular company or industry in international Market
2.Discuss the efforts of foreign companies in entering in Indian Market
3.Evaluate any country on the basis of Market Potential Index Global Competitive Index
4.Explain International Product Life cycle of any Product.
5.Discuss any two Market Entry strategy adopted either by any industry or company for
International Market.
6.Explain in detail entire Export Procedure for exporting any one product from india to
Europe or Russia or USA or other Country.
5.Topic for Presentation:
1.Discuss New Trade Theory and its impact in detail
2.Relevance of Cultural Orientation in International Business
3.Discuss Trade Related Modes of entry in International Business with reference to either
FMCG products, Consumer Durables or Food and Beverage offering companies.
4.Critically evaluate Export Policy of Government of India with reference to particular
Industry.
6.Recommended Text Book:
1.International Business By: Rakesh Mohan Joshi, Oxford University Press
2.International Business:, By Justin Paul ,5th Edition, PHI
3.International Business, By: P. Subbarao, 2nd Edition, Himalaya Publishing House.
7.Reference Books:
1.Global Business : Mike Peng and Deepak Srivastava , Cengage Publications
2.International Business: By Charles Hill and Arun Jain , Tata Mc Graw Hill
Publication
8.Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester.
The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to
evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications
questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in
actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
9.Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
88
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-V
CC506: DIRECT TAX
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
Taxation is a very important aspect for working as well as personal decisions of an
individual. Knowing Direct tax more importantly Income tax policies and rules can help
a student to understand and calculate personal income tax and also help in tax planning
decisions.
1.Objective:
1.1 To impart knowledge of the basic principles underlying the substantive provisions of
Income tax to the students.
1.2 To equip students with the application of principles and provisions of above tax laws
in computation of income of Individuals under various heads of income and their
assessment procedures.
2. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class
Participation
10%
3.Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 A) Introduction to Income Tax:
- History- Back ground of Income Tax Act, 1961.
- Definitions : Meaning of Assessment year, Previous year,Person,
Assessee, Income, Gross Total Income, Taxable income,
Agricultural Income.
B) Residential Status of an Assessee:
- Determination of Residential Status
- Incidence of Tax on basis of Residential Status
C) Income exempt from Tax
25%
2 Determination of Income under the head Salaries:
-Different forms of Salary
-Retirement Benefits
-Allowances & Taxable and Exempt Perquisites
-Provisions regarding Provident Fund
-Deductions under this head of Income
25%
3 Determination of Income under the head Profits and Gains of
Business and Profession:
-Incomes covered under this head
-Allowable expenses, expressly disallowed expenses
25%
4 Basic knowledge about following heads of Income: 25%
89
A) Income from House Property (Only Theory)
B) Income from Capital Gain (Only Theory)
C)Income from Other Sources (including computation)
4. Topics for Assignment:
1)Assessment Procedure:Forms for filing returns and Time limit for filing return
&Types of Assessment
2)Tax Holidays for different Industries
3)Income Tax Authorities
4)Special Provisions relating to taxability of Non-Residents.(S 115C to 115I)
5. Topics for Seminar/Quiz :
1) Tax Planning, Tax Avoidance, Evasion and Tax Management.
2) Direct Tax Code
3) PAN
4) Computation of Tax( Tax slabs and Tax Rate)
5) Set off and Carry Forward of Losses
6)Clubbing of Income
6. Text Book:
Students‟ Guide to Income Tax : Taxmann Publications
Dr. V.K Singhania & Dr. Monica Singhania
7. Reference Books :
1)Direct Tax Law by T.N. Manoharan – Snowwhite Publications(P) Ltd.
2)Systematic Approach to Income Tax- Bharat Publication Structure of Course
Examination
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of
the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class
participation
10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so
decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective,
objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like
conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of
mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be
a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be
a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be
a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
90
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-V
CC507A : ADVANCED FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (Paper-I)
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
Over the last two decades, Indian business and finance have considerably changed
owing to deregulation, liberalization, privatization and globalization. In wake of these
changes and developments, the subject of Advanced Financial Management has
assumed all the more importance.
1. Objective:
• The syllabus aims to develop a thorough understanding of the concepts and
theories in Financial Management.
• It intends to give an understanding of various financial decisions which has
impact on shareholders and wealth creation.
• To develop familiarity with the analytical techniques helpful in financial
decision making.
2.Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class
Participation
10%
3. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Meaning and importance of Cost of Capital Explicit and Implicit Costs
, Measurement of Specific Costs , Weighted Average and Marginal
Cost of Capital (including sums using market and book value weights)
Capital Asset Pricing Model (excluding sums) C) Income exempt
from Tax
25%
2 Valuation of bonds/debentures , Yield to Maturity (YTM) Short-cut
Method (as per Khan and Jain) Valuation of Preference Shares
Valuation of Equity Shares: no growth, constant growth and multi-
stage growth models
25%
3 Risk Management and Derivatives
Concept of Risk and Uncertainty
Meaning and Characteristics of Derivatives Meaning of:
1.Spot , 2.Forward Contracts
3.Future Contracts , 4.Options: Call and Put
Difference between Forwards and Futures Difference between Futures
and Options Risk Evaluation Approaches in Capital Budgeting
1.Risk Adjusted Discount Rate , 2.Certainty Equivalent Approach
3.Decision Tree
25%
4 Dividend Theory 25%
91
Meaning of Dividend , Types of Dividend Policy ,Determinants of
Dividend Policy Dividend Theories:
1.Walter Model , 2.Gordon Model , 3.Modigliani-Miller (MM) Model
4.Topics for Assignment
1.Practical Application of Cost of Capital
2.Concepts of Value
3.Important terms in Options Contract
4.Financial Engineering
5. Topics for Seminar and Presentation
1.Shareholder Value Creation
2.A Study on trends in dividend policy in Indian Companies
3.Foreign Exchange markets and Dealings
4.Foreign Exchange Risk Management.
6. Recommended Textbooks:
1)Financial Management by Khan & Jain (5th Edition), McGraw Hill – For Units 1, 2 & 3
2)Strategic Financial Management by Ravi M Kishore (2nd Edition),Taxmann – For Units 3
& 4
7. Reference Books:
1)Financial Management by Prasanna Chandra (7th Edition), Tata McGraw Hill
2)Financial Management by I M Pandey (9th Edition), Vikas Publishing Structure of Course
Examination
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of
the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class
participation
10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so
decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective,
objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like
conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of
mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
92
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-V
CC507B : ADVANCED MARKETING MANAGEMENT (Paper-I)
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
The field of management has undergone a sea change and has today assumed a form of a
profession with a well-defined body of knowledge. Different functions of management have
got importance as per the environmental changes. After, 1950‟s Marketing Management has
assumed an important role in the organization. With continuously evolving and due to the
newer trends, the subject has become wider and wider.
1. Objective:
This course is designed in such a way as to provide the students an understanding of the
different contemporary and relevant topics in the subject of marketing management with
deeper penetration so that the students can choose the particular area of specialization even
under the Marketing Management as per their interest in future.
2. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class
Participation
10%
3. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 BRAND MANAGEMENT (10 Hours)
a.Meaning of Brand
b.Brand the Product
c.Brand Architecture
i.Portfolio Roles, ii.Product Market and Context Roles ,
iii.Brand Portfolio structure
d.Brand Equity
i.Concept of Brand Equity , ii.Brand Image and its dimensions
iii.Brand Awareness and Brand Image
e.Brand Identity
i.Concept , ii. Inner and Outer core of Brand Identity
iii.Brand Identity Perspectives , iv.Brand Identity Prism (to be
explained with illustration)
1.Physique , 2.Relationship , 3.Reflections , 4.Personality
5.Culture , 6.Self Image,
f.Brand Positioning
Book : Product Policy and Brand Management-Text and Cases -
By: Chitale and Gupta-PHI
25%
93
2 MARKETING RESEARCH-1 (10 Hours)
a.Definition of Marketing Research
b.Marketing Research Process
c.Classification of Marketing Research Designs
d.Primary Data versus Secondary Data (Advantages, uses and
Disadvantages of secondary data)
e.Primary Data: Quantitative Research & Qualitative Research
f.Survey Methods:
i. Telephone Method , ii. Personal Method
iii. Mail Method , iv. Electronic Method
g.Focus group interview and In-depth interview
h.Primary Data: Observation Methods:
Structured v/s unstructured observations, Disguised v/s undisguised
methods, Natural v/s continued observation, Personal Observation
Mechanical Observation, Audit Observation, Content Analysis
Trace Analysis
25%
3 MARKETING RESEARCH -2 (10 Hours)
a. Primary Scales of Measurement:
Nominal, Ordinal, Interval, Ratio
b. Itemized Rating Scales
Likert Scale, Sematic Differential Scale, Staple Scale
c. Questionnaire Definition
Objectives of questionnaire, Questionnaire design process
d. Observational Forms
e. Sampling Design Process
f. Sampling Techniques
g. Data Preparation Process (in brief) Coding
Tabulation: One way table and two way table
h. Report Preparation and presentation process in brief.
Format of the Research Report, Graphical Presentation
25%
4 SERVICES MARKETING (10 Hours)
a. Definition
b. Characteristics of Services
c. Service Flower
d. Reasons for the Growth of Service Sector
e. Services Marketing Mix (7 P‟s)
f. Demand Variations In services
g. Strategies for demand management
h. Determinants of Service Quality
i. Terms:, i. Internal Marketing , ii. External Marketing,
iii. Interactive Marketing
j. Gap Model of Service Quality
Book : Services Marketing – K. Rama Mohana Rao, Pearson
Education.
25%
4.Topics of Assignment:
94
1.Develop and Compare Brand Architecture of any Two FMCG Brands with specific Product
Category.
2.Design Service Flower of any type of Service.
3.Prepare Research proposal for any Marketing Problem.
4.Draft a Questionnaire to survey the consumer satisfaction and loyalty of any product or
service.
5.Topics for Presentaion:
1.Discuss Branding Strategy and Brand Elements of newly launched Brand in the Market.
2.Discuss the Value chain concept of any Service in detail
3.Compare various Sampling Methods with reference to research design.
6.Reference Books:
1.Marketing Management, 13th Edition: A South Asian Perspective, Abraham Koshy and
Mithileshwar Jha, Philip Kotler and Kevin Keller.
2.Marketing Management, Rajan Saxena, 4th Edition, Tata-Mcgraw Hill.
3.Marketing Management – Global perspective, V S Ramaswamy and S Namakumari, Indian
context; 4th Edition Macmillan Publishers India Ltd.
4.The New Strategic Brand Management - Creating And Sustaining Brand Equity Long Term
5.Services Marketing – People, Technology, Strategy, Christopher Lovelock & Jochen Wirtz
6.Exploring Marketing Research, William Zikmund.
7.Compendium of Brand Management, S. A. Chunawalla, Himalaya Publishing House.
8.Services Marketing – S.M. Jha
9.Research Methodology – Methods and Techniques, C. R. Kothari.
10.Research Methodology – R.Guvery, U K Sudha Nayak, M. Girija. R. Meenakshi, S. Chand
7.Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of
the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class
participation
10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so
decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective,
objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like
conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of
mind. The structure is as under:
8. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be
a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
95
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-V
CC507C : ADVANCED HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (Paper-I)
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
The role of HRM in organizations has gained tremendous importance over the years. It has
come some way from „Personnel Management‟ and today, is looked upon as a strategic
partner. Organizations with global presence, movement of workforce across geographical
boundaries have challenged the HR function as never before. The aim of this course is to
provide the under-graduate students with some knowledge about the important sub-functions
of HRM; functions that have not been covered in the core courses Basic Human Resource
Management and Human resource Management in Semesters III and IV.
1.Objective:
1.The strategic Role of HRM,
2.The environment in which the HRM function is performed,
3.The meaning and difference between Performance Appraisal and Performance
Management,
4.How strategic pay plans and employee benefits are determined.
2.Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
3.Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 EVOLUTION OF STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT
-Personnel management -> HRM -> SHRM
-Definition and components of SHRM
-Objectives of SHRM
-Difference between traditional HRM and SHRM
-Difference between SHRM and HR strategies
-Link between HR strategy and business strategy
-Investment perspective of HR
-Risk involved in investment in Human Assets
-Factors determining the investment orientation of an organisation
25%
2 UNDERSTANDING THE CONCEPT OF SHRM AND HR
ENVIRONMENT
-Barriers to strategic HR
-Benefits of SHRM
-Competencies required of HR department to become a strategic
25%
96
partner
-Essential elements of strategic HR
-Environmental trends affecting HRM:
•Trends in Business Environment
•Changing nature of work
•Demographic, Societal and workforce trends
•Changing nature of Employment Relationship
-HRM a changing function
•Roles associated with Management of HR (Classification given
by Ulrich)
•Partnership of HR and Line Managers
(Strategic Human Resource Management by Tanuja Agarwala)
3 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT AND APPRAISAL
-Comparison between the two
-Why Performance Management?
-Supervisor‟s Role in appraising performance
-Methods of Performance Appraisal with important advantages
and disadvantages
•Alteration Ranking Method
•Paired Comparison Method
•Computerised and web Based Performance Appraisal
•Electronic Performance Monitoring (EPM)
-How to avoid appraisal problems?
(Human Resource Management by Dessler & Varkkey)
25%
4 DETERMING STRATEGIC PAY PLANS AND EMPLOYEE
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
-Basic factors in determining pay rates
•Legal consideration in compensation
•Union influence on compensation decisions
•Competitive strategy, corporate policies and compensation
•Equity and its impact of pay rates
-Process of establishing pay rates:
•Salary Survey
•Gob Evaluation
•Grouping similar jobs together
•Pricing each pay grade
•Fine tuning pay rates
-Competency Based Pay – meaning, reasons, advantages and
disadvantages
-Flexible benefits programme
1.Cafeteria Approach
2.Flexible Work Arrangements
-Flexi time and its effectiveness
-Compressed work week and its effectiveness
3.Other flexible work arrangement
-Job sharing
-Work sharing
-Telecommuting
(Human Resource Management by Dessler & Varkkey)
25%
97
4. Topics for assignments:
1.Four levels of integration between the HR functions and the Strategic Management
function.
2.Linking of HR systems to organization maturity (Essentials of Strategic Human
Resource Management by Dr. Anjali Ghanekar)
3.Compensating Executives and Managers
4.Compensating professional employees. (Human Resource Management by Dessler
& Varkkey)
5. Topics for seminars:
1.Designing Performance Management Systems.
2.Balance Score Card and HR Score Card.
3.HR manager as a change agent
6. Reference Books:
1.Human Resource Management By Gary Dessler and Biju Varkkey Pearson Prentice
Hall 12th Edition
2.Strategic Human Resource Management By Tanuja Agarwala Oxford University
Press 2007 Edition
3.Human Resource Management (Text and Cases) By S. S. Khanka S.Chand and
Company Limited Reprint 2007
4.Essentials of Strategic Human Resource Management By Dr. Anjali Ghanekar
Everest Publishing House First Edition 2009
7. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of
the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class
participation
10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so
decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective,
objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like
conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of
mind. The structure is as under:
8. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
98
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-V
CC507D : ADVANCED TAXATION AND LAW (Paper-I)
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
Although a consumer always pays Indirect Taxes such as VAT and Service Tax, most of
them are unaware of the concept, types and government policies for indirect taxes. This
knowledge along with direct tax will complete the taxation curriculum for B.B.A.
1.Objective:
(1) To introduce indirect tax laws in force and relevant rules and principles.
(2) To introduce the basic concepts of Service Tax and Excise Law in force in India.
2.Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
3.Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 SERVICE TAX:
- Evolution and Need of Service Tax
- Concept of Taxable Services and Exempt Services
- Classification of Taxable Services
- Registration Procedure
- Payment of Service Tax
25%
2 SERVICE TAX:
- Valuation of Taxable Services
- Periodical Service Tax Returns
- Concept of CENVAT Credit
- Concept of Adjudication, Appeals, Demand, Refund and
Penalties.
25%
3 CENTRAL EXCISE:
- Nature of Excise Duty, Legislative History, Coverage,Levy and
Collection of excise duties under the Central Excise Act, 1944
- Definitions of Excisable Goods, Factory and Manufacture under
the Central Excise Act.
- Provisions governing Manufacture and Removal of excisable
goods.
- Classification of goods under Central Excise Tariff Act,1985
with reference to rules of interpretation.
- Assessment including Provisional Assessment, Self-Removal
Procedure, Payment of duty and Date fordetermination of rate
25%
99
of duty. Record-based control and Production-based control.
4 CENTRAL EXCISE:
- Concept of Valuation under the Central Excise Act, 1944,Central
Excise Valuation(Determination of Price of Excisable Goods)
Rules,2000 Registration Procedures Benefits to Exporters
- Concept of CENVAT Credit
- Exemption for Small Industries
25%
4.Text Book:
Indirect Taxes Law and Practice : Taxmann By: V.S. Datey
5.Reference Book :
Students‟ Guide to Indirect Taxes : Aadhya‟s Pvt. Ltd.By: Yogendra Bangar, Vandana
Bangar and Vineet Sodhani
6.Topics for Assignment:
1)Services which are Exempt from Service Tax.
2)Procedure for Filing Service Tax Return and important issues relating to such return.
3)Documents required for availing CENVAT Credit.
7.Topics for Seminar/Quiz:
1)Applicability of Service Tax and its current rate.
2)Case study relating to Service Tax.
3)Small scale exemption under Central Excise Law.
4)Case study relating to Central Excise.
8.Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of
the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class
participation
10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so
decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective,
objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like
conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of
mind. The structure is as under:
9.Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
100
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-V
CC507E : BANKING AND INSURANCE (Paper-I)
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
1.Objective:
The objective of this paper is to impart basic knowledge of Banking and Insurance
Services to the students.
2.Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class
Participation
10%
3.Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Introduction to banking - history of banks - meaning
of banking - functions of bank - banker customer
relationship - banking systems - unit banking - branch
banking - banking sectors - corporate banking - retail
banking - international banking - rural banking - role
of banks in primary, secondary and tertiary sector
25%
2 Structure of Indian banking system - Reserve bank of
India - commercial banks - public sector banks -
private sector banks - foreign banks - cooperative
banks - state cooperative banks - district cooperative
banks - primary credit societies - regional rural banks
- development banks
25%
3 Introduction to insurance - origin and development of
insurance - functions of insurance - importance of
insurance - principles of insurance - types of
insurance contract - classification of insurance - life
insurance - non life insurance - reinsurance - micro
insurance - insurance intermediaries
25%
4 Life insurance - essential features - advantages -
different plans of life Assurance and annuities -
policy condition and privilege - assignment and
nomination - lapses and revivals - surrender values
and loans - claims - double insurance.
Non-Life Insurance - Meaning and Importance -
Types - Fire - Marine - Motor - Health -
Miscellaneous
25%
101
4.Topics of assignment:
1.Retail banking
2.Rural banking
3.List of Public, Private and Foreign banks operating in India
4.Development banks
5.Public, Private and Joint Venture Insurance companies operating in India
5. Topics of Seminar/Quiz
1.KYC Norms
2.NABARD
3.Opening up of Insurance Sector
6. Text Book:
1.Elements of Banking and Insurance - By Jyotsna Sethi, Nishwan Bhatia
7. Reference Book:
1.K. P. M., Banking Theory Law and Practice by Sundhram, Sultan Chand
2.Banking and financial system - B. Santhanam, Sundharam & Varshney
3.Banking and Insurance - By R.K. Sharma, Shashi K. Gupta, Jagwant Singh
4.Principles of Insurance - By S.K. Jain
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of
the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class
participation
10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so
decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective,
objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like
conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of
mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
102
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-VI
CC601 : INDUSTRIAL LAWS
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
To create awareness amongst student for Industrial laws which helps in creating and
maintaining transparent business policies in dealing with labours. Harmonious relationship
with management and labour and employer is necessary to maintain steady growth of the
nation as well as institute.
1. Objectives:
To gain knowledge of various Industrial Laws and also understand the application of
Industrial lawsto practical situations.
To acquaint students from various labour laws.
2. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation
3.Course Contents :
10%
No Topic Weightage No of
Hours
1 Industrial Dispute Act 25 12
2 Factories Act 25 7
3 ESIC Act 15 6
4 Workmen‟s Compensation Act 15 6
5 P.F. and Miscellaneous Act 10 6
6 Payment of Wages Act, 1936 10 3
4. Topic for Assignments:
1.Discuss the scope of Factories act with reference to the definition given by the act
and various case laws.
2.Discuss the meaning of Industrial Dispute and explain how it is different as to
Personal Dispute.
3.Discuss the Present Scheme of PF by government and Semi-Government
Organisation and PF scheme offered by Private Insurance Company
4.Prepare a chart showing procedure under Factories act for getting licence and annual
renewal of license.
5.Differentiate between the ESIC and Workmen‟s Compensation act with reference to
Benefit to the Employee
103
5. Topics for Seminar/Presentation:
1. Discuss the Case of Maruti Udyog Ltd and Labour Union.
2.Discuss recent case of Strike and its resolution system adopted by respective
organisation.
3.Discuss the Liability of Employer in different industries for different situations.
(Accident, Death etc.)
4.Discuss the procedure of claim with ESIC for Accidental Death.
5.Discuss different schemes under P.F. act.
6. Text Book:
1.Labour Laws for Managers By: B.D. Singh 2nd edition Excel Books
7. Reference Book:
1.Industrial Relations and Labour Laws by: S.C. Srivastava, 6th Revised Edition,
Vikas Publishing House New Delhi.
2.Industrial Law: By: K.C. Garg, V.K. Sareen, Mukesh Sharma, R. C. Chawala,
Klayani Publishers, Ludhiyana.
3.Labour Laws By: H.L Kumar Universal Laws Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi
4.Legal Aspects of Business , Text, Jurisprudence, and Cases, By: Daniel
Albuquerque, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of
the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class
participation
10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so
decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective,
objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like
conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of
mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
104
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-VI
CC602 : STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
External factors affects business unit to a great extent. Managers have to make changes in the
respective policies to commensurate such changes. It is important to incorporate separate
strategies to bring organisaiton in right direction in the context of its strategic intent.
1.Objectives:
•To know core concepts of Strategy and Strategic Management and its scope.
•To know various external factors and its effect business policy or business strategy
•To know and execute the process of internal analysis any business unit of Industry.
•To understand various steps of formulation and implementation of various business strategies.
2.Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
3.Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
•Meaning of strategy, strategic management ( process of S.M)
•Importance of Strategic Management
•Strategic Fit and Intent
•Levels of Strategy and their characteristics
•Vision & Mission
•Vision : Nature ( elements), definition and benefits
•Mission : Definition, characteristics of mission statement
•Difference between vision and mission
25%
2 EXTERNAL ENVIRONMENT ANALYSIS
•Concept of Environment
•SWOT
•PESTEL
•5 Force Model
•Approaches to Environmental Scanning
•Sources used for Environmental Scanning
•Techniques of Environmental Scanning
25%
3 INTERNAL ANALYSIS
•Resources, Capabilities, Competencies, Core Competencies
•Competitive Advantage
•Why are resources important
•Value chain( organization and industry)
•Ansoff Model
•BCG Model
25%
4 STRATEGY FORMULATION
•5 Generic Strategies (cost leadership, differentiation, combined, focus,
25%
105
best cost provider)
•Interrelationship between formulation and implementation
•Integration : Forward and Backward
•Diversification : Horizontal, Conglomerate, Concentric
4.TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT
1.Vision & Mission Statement of one Indian Company & One Foreign Company
2.SWOT Analysis of any Industry / Company
3.PESTEL Analysis of any Industry / Company
4.Five Force Analysis of any Industry / Company
5.Value Chain Analysis of any Industry / Service / Company
6.BCG Matrix application of any FMCG Company
7.Examples of Cost differentiation
5. TOPICS OF SEMINAR
1.Discussion for implementation of change in Organisaitonal Structure and its implementation
with reference to particular company.
2.Discussion of various issues which plays important role in strategy implementation.
3.Techniques of implication and replications of government policy on particular sector
industry/ company.
6. TEXTBOOKS :
1)Strategic Management & Business Policy by Azhar Kazmi, 3rd Edition Mc Graw Hill
Publication Pvt Ltd.
2)Business Policy & Strategic Management by P. Subba Rao , GTU , Himalaya Publication.
7. REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.Crafting and Executing Strategy by Thomson, , Gamble, Strickland, & Jain, 18th Edition
Tata Mc Grahill Education Pvt. Ltd.
2.Strategic management By: Pierce & Robinson, Tata Mc Grahill Education Pvt. Ltd.
3.Competitive Advantage by Michael Porter, Free Press Publication,USA
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of
the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so
decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective,
objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like
conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of
mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
106
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-VI
CC603 : ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR (Paper-II)
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
Organisational Behaviour is an integration and application of behaviourial sciences to work
situations. In a continuous changing environment and culture many opportunities remain for
organizational improvement.. Oganisational behaviour provides a human perspective towards
organizational effectiveness
1. Objectives:
The syllabus of this subject is designed to provide valuable inputs for understanding,
reasoning ,predicting and controlling human behaviour.
Various theories and topics have been covered to relate the subject to real-world problems
and issues.
2.Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
3.Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 UNDERSTANDING MOTIVATION AND LEADERSHIP
Reference book: Organizational Behavior
Authors: Stephen Robbins & Seema Sanghi, Publisher: Pearson
Education (2006) Motivation Models
i)E-R-G Theory
ii)David McClleland‟s need theory
iii)Equity theory
iv)Victor Vroom‟s expectancy theory (with their implications for
managers)
Leadership theories
i)Fiedler‟s Contingency model
ii)Path-goal theory
iii)Hersey & Blanchard‟s leadership model Short notes
i)Mentoring
ii)Self-leadership
iii)Transformational leadership
iv)Coaching
25%
2 ISSUES BETWEEN INDIVIDUALS AND ORGANISATIONS(A)
Reference book: Organizational Behavior Authors: Stephen Robbins &
Seema Sanghi, Publisher: Pearson Education (2006) Conflicts –
meaning & definition Functional and Dysfunctional conflicts Sources
of conflicts Conflict resolving strategies Organizational Culture
Characteristics of organizational culture Communication of
25%
107
organizational culture through the process of socialization and
individualization Economic and psychological contract
3 ISSUES BETWEEN INDIVIDUALS AND
ORGANISATIONS(B)
Reference book: Organizational Behavior, Authors: Stephen Robbins
& Seema Sanghi, Publisher: Pearson Education (2006)
Counseling –meaning & definition Functions of counseling
Types of counseling Transactional analysis as a technique of
resolving conflicts (including inter-personal orientation and
stroking),Stress –meaning & definition
i)Stress and job-performance relationship , ii)Effects of stress
iii)Approaches to stress management
Quality Work-Life-meaning & definition Techniques of QWL
25%
4 CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES FOR
ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
Reference book: Organizational Behavior Authors: Stephen Robbins
& Seema Sanghi, Publisher: Pearson Education (2006) Challenges for
O.B., i)Responding to globalization , ii)Improving quality and
productivity , iii)Responding to outsourcing , iv)Improving customer
services , v)Improving people skills , vi)Empowering people ,
vii)Stimulating innovation and change Ethical Behaviour
i)Employee privacy issues , ii)Impact of ethics on bottom-line
outcomes , iii)Pay and promotion discrimination, iv)Sexual
harassment
Managing Internal Work Force
i)Barriers to cultural adaptation , ii)Overcoming barriers
25%
4. TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT
i)Job satisfaction and performance –effort loop , ii)Sources of stress
iii)Traits of leadership , iv)Gender issues at work place
5. TOPICS OF SEMINAR
i)Responses to change , ii)Model of motivation
iii)Informal organizations , iv)Assertive behaviour as conflict resolving technique
6. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the
semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided
as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and
applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its
application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
7. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Markss
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
108
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-VI
CC604 : PRODUCTION & OPERATION MANAGEMENT
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
Production management plays an important role in the improvement in productivity and
helps in creating a competitive advantage. It is essential to pass an understanding of how
various operations work and contributes to create a special place in the market. The study
would enable the students, manufacturers and service providers to compete globally.
1. Objectives:
The aim is to cover the most important issues concerning production managers and also
giving them an understanding of basic tools and techniques of production. The budding
managers should be given an insight of production with other managerial inputs
2. Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
3. Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Meaning of production management and operation management
Objectives of production management Scope of production
management Types of production
1.Continuous , 2.Intermittent , 3.Project, 4.Job shops
Concept of production planning and control Function of production
planning and control :Estimating, routing, scheduling, loading
Dispatching, expediting, follow up, Inspection and corrective action
Concept of work study and motion study, Work measurement, basic
work study procedure
25%
2 Concept of purchasing , principles of purchasing and process of
purchasing. Types of purchasing
• Blanket orders , • Stockless purchasing , • System contracting
• Small order purchases
Concept of material handling and principles of material handling .
Concept of MRP-1 and MRP-2, Objectives ,advantages and
disadvantages of MRP-1 concept of ERP and features of ERP
25%
3 1)concept of layout, factors affecting layout and features of a good
layout. Types of layout
• product , • process , • project
2)Concept of quality management, Cost of quality : Deming‟s 14
principles of quality Concept of Six Sigma and its process Deming‟s
concept of PDCA cycle Concept of ISO-9000,14000,22000
25%
109
4 Contemporary Issues
JIT :- Concept and characteristics (including the concept of
KANBAN); Kaizen:- Concept,3 guiding principles, activities falling
under the kaizan umbrella Japanese 5-“S” approach (5 s kaizen
movement); Business process reengineering - Characteristics, steps
Lean production and basic elements
25%
4.TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT
1)Types of production system in any industry
2)A detailed perspective on operations management
3)Practical aspects of JIT, Kaizen, Six sigma, lean production
4)Hybrid MRP- JIT production system
5)Supply chain management in practice: the Keirtsu
5.TOPICS OF SEMINAR
1.Green production
2.Challenges in maintaining a supply chain in Indian scenario
3.Operation in service industry
4.Work measurement and production standard
5.Capacity planning
6.Functional analysis
6.Reference Books:
1)Production & Operation management by K.aswathappa & K.Shridhara bhatt,
Himalaya publishing house.
2)Operation management by Roberta S. Russell & Bernard S. Taylor, Pearson higher
education.
3)Production & Operation management by Kanishka Bedi, Oxford higher education.
4)Operation management by heizer render, pearson publication.
7.Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of
the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so
decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective,
objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like
conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of
mind. The structure is as under:
8.Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
110
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-VI
CC605 : MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
Management accounting is concerned with the provisions and use of accounting
information to managers within organizations, to provide them with the basis to make
informed business decisions that will allow them to be better equipped in their
management and control functions.
1.Objectives:
The objective of this module is to provide students with an understanding of the role of
management accounting in the context of business. It tries to show how accounting
information is used by managers and senior executives to plan and control business activities
and make decisions.
2.Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
3.Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 (A) Introduction :Meaning of Management Accounting,
Difference between Financial Accounting and Management
Accounting, Difference between Cost Accounting and Management.
Tools and Techniques of Management Accounting – Meaning and
list of tools and techniques.
(B) Budgetary Control: Meaning and Significance.
Preparation of Flexible Budgets. Preparation of Functional Budgets –
Sales, Production and Purchase Budgets. Concept of Cash Budget
(excluding sums.)
25%
2 Standard Costing – Meaning, Benefits and Limitations.
Calculation of Variances- Material, Labour (Excluding Idle time)
and Sales Introduction to overhead variance (excluding sums)
Objectives ,advantages and disadvantages of MRP-1 concept of
ERP and features of ERP
25%
3 Cost Volume Profit Analysis- Meaning and Assumptions,
Concept of Break even analysis, Sums of C-V-P Analysis (Including
Key Factor) Decision Making – Make/Buy, Shut Down and Export
Proposal.
25%
4 (A) Responsibility Accounting - Meaning and significance, Types
of responsibility centres.
Transfer Pricing – Meaning and Methods of transfer pricing.
25%
111
(B) Contemporary Issues in Management Accounting:
i.Target Costing, ii.Life-cycle Costing, iii.Activity Based Costing
4.TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT
1.Reporting to Management – Meaning, Essentials of an Ideal Report, Types of reports.
2.Concept of Zero Based Budgeting – Meaning, Procedure, Benefits and Limitations.
3.Uniform Costing.
4.Value Chain Analysis
5. TOPICS OF SEMINAR
1.Concept and Utility of Balance Score Card.
2.Installation of a Budgetary Control system .
3.Management Information Systems
6. Recommended Books:
1.Managerial Accounting – By Jawahar Lal - Himalaya Publication.
2.A Text Book of Cost and Management Accounting By M. N. Arora – 8th Edition –
Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
7. Reference Books:
1.Advanced Management Accounting, Text, Problems and Cases By Jawahar Lal – S. Chand
2.Accounting for Management – by M. N. Arora & Khanna – Himalaya Publication.
3.Management Accounting – Principles & Practice by M. A. Sahaf – Vikas Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd
4.Management Accounting, Text, Problems and Cases by M. Y. Khan & P.K. Jain, 5th
Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
5.Accounting for Management - by Jawahar Lal, 5th Edition – Himalaya Publishing House
6.Management Accounting by J. Made Gowda (2007) Himalaya Publication.
7.Management Accounting, Text, Problems and Cases by M. Y. Khan & P.K. Jain, 5th
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of
the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so
decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective,
objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like
conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of
mind. The structure is as under:
9.Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be
a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
112
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-VI
CC606 : Practical Studies
(GRAND PROJECT, PRESENTATION AND VIVA-VOCE)
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
The BBA programme aims at providing a practical insight to the student in the various
functions of business enterprises. It is this aspect which gives a learner an edge over other
programmes in same area. Lack of industry exposure would prove fatal and hence a student of
management needs to undergo practical training to sharpen his theoretical skills and
knowledge. Further from here, the students are likely to take off into junior managerial level
jobs and/or post-graduation in management.
1.Objectives:
During the first year semester II, students go for an industrial visit and get a general overview
of the functioning of the business enterprises. During the second year semester IV, the
students are supposed to visit any organization and study details of functional areas. In line
with this, the third year semester VI students are supposed to analyze any particular
products/industry in detail from macro and micro perspectives. This work is prescribed to be
done in groups so that the students learn positive group dynamics and use it to their best.
2.Course Contents :
UNIT WEIGHTAGE
UNIT 1 25%
UNIT 11 25%
UNIT 111 25%
UNIT 1V 25%
TOTAL 100%
3.GUIDELINES FOR GRAND PROJECT WORK:-
1.Group size:
The group size should be of 10 students. However, one last group can be of odd size
having not more than 12 students.
2.Topics:
-Any topic from any functional area of management i.e. Marketing, HR, Finance,
Production
-Economics -Costing
-Operations research
-Any other relevant topic permitted by the director of the institute can be taken for
grand project work. The topic should be research based and must be authentic work of
the students. Primary data collection is a must.
113
1.Format of the group project:-
The project should be based on the following format:-
a. Introduction to the topic including macro (external environment and industry)
analysis, and micro (particular industry or firm under study) analysis.
b. Research Methodology including the rationale for the topic, type of research design,
sources of data, sampling method, sample size, any statistical tools used and
limitations of the study.
c. Findings and analysis of the study including graphs and statistics.
d. Conclusion, Recommendations and Scope for further study in future.
e. Bibliography, References, Statistical calculations and tables; if any.
4.Assessment:-
Group project component Internal marks External marks Total
Project report 12 28 40
Power point presentation 18 42 60
And Viva-voce
Total 30 70 100
5. Guidelines for assessment:-
a. The pattern of assessment for internal and external component will remain the same
for grand projects.
b. The project report will be assessed on the basis of one group report submitted by
students. Individual copies of the project must be produced during external exam and
must be checked and signed by the external examiner also. The pattern of the project
report must be as prescribed earlier.
c. Power point presentation of the group project must be done by students during both
internal and external assessment. The presentation should be divided among all the
group members in such a way that the entire project contents are covered. Each student
should present for 2-3 minutes on hisher allotted section.
d. Power point presentation should be followed by individual viva voce. In this exam,
the student should be able to answer on the entire project and also related topics; and
not only on his section of the presentation.
e. A hard copy and a CD of the power point presentation done during internal
assessment must be produced at the time of external assessment too.
114
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-VI
CC607A : ADVANCED FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (Paper-II)
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
Over the last two decades, Indian business and finance have considerably changed
owing to deregulation, liberalization, privatization and globalization. In wake of these
changes and developments, the subject of Advanced Financial Management has
assumed all the more importance.
1.Objectives:
1. To give an insight to the students from the basic level to higher level of analysis
2. To introduce the students to various techniques of taking long term investment
decisions
3. To familiarize the students with various financial tools and techniques
2.Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class
Participation
10%
3.Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Capital Budgeting problems using NPV for the following
decisions:
1. Replacement, 2. Mutually Exclusive
Depreciation calculation using:
1. SLM , 2. WDV , 3. Block of Assets
25%
2 (A)Working Capital Estimation
Sums of estimating working capital excluding double shift
(B)Economic Value Added (EVA) Concept of EVA
Problems using EVA formula as per Khan & Jain
25%
3 Capital Structure Theories
Meaning of Capital Structure
Features of Appropriate Capital Structure Factors affecting Capital
Structure , Capital Structure Theories‐(Excluding Sums) Net
Income Approach, Net Operating Income Approach, Traditional
Approach, Modigliani – Miller Thesis
25%
4 Corporate Financial Restructuring
Meaning of Corporate Restructuring and reasons for it Meaning of
Financial Restructuring Techniques of Corporate Restructuring:
1. Mergers, 2. Takeovers, 3. Joint Ventures, 4. Divestitures,
5. Slump Sale, 6. Strategic Alliance, 7. Equity Carve out,
25%
115
8. Franchising, 9. Holding Companies, 10. Sell off, 11. Going
Private, 12. Liquidation, 13. Reverse Bid, 14. Reverse Merger,
15. Demerger, 16. Management Buy-In, 17. Management Buy-Out
18. Leveraged Buy-Out.
4. TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT
1. Approaches to Capital Structure
2. Analysis of Capital Budgeting Proposals.
3. Estimation of Working Capital finance in a company.
4. Working Capital financing by banks
5. TOPICS OF SEMINAR
1. Project Planning and Control.
2. Project Appraisal by financial institutions.
3. Practical Application of Capital Structure Theories
A Case Study on Mergers and Acquisitions
6. Recommended Books:
1) Financial Management by Khan & Jain (5
th
Edition), McGraw Hill – For Units 1 & 2
2) Strategic Financial Management by Ravi M Kishore (2
nd
Edition), Taxmann – For
Units 3 & 4
7. Reference Books:
3) Financial Management by Prasanna Chandra (7
th
Edition), Tata McGraw Hill
4) Financial Management by I M Pandey (9
th
Edition), Vikas Publishing
8. Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of
the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class
participation
10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so
decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective,
objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like
conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of
mind. The structure is as under:
9. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be
a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be
a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be
a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
116
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-VI
CC607B : ADVANCED MARKETING MANAGEMENT (Paper-II)
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
The field of management has undergone a sea change and has today assumed a form of a
profession with a well-defined body of knowledge. Different functions of management have
got importance as per the environmental changes. After, 1950‟s Marketing Management has
assumed an important role in the organization. With continuously evolving and due to the
newer trends, the subject has become wider and wider.
1.Objectives:
This course is designed in such a way as to provide the students an under-standing of the
different contemporary and relevant topics in the subject of marketing management with
deeper penetration so that the students can choose the particular area of specialization even
under the Marketing Management as per their interest in future.
2.Evaluation : Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
3.Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Business/ Industrial Marketing (10 Hours)
a. Difference between Business and Consumer Market
b. Primary Objectives of Business supplier
c. Characteristics of customers in the business Market
d. The business Buying Process
e. Factors affecting Business Buying Behaviour
25%
2 ADVERTISING MANAGEMENT (10 Hours)
a. Advertising Creates Brand image
b. Developing advertising Strategy
i. Identify and Understand Target Audience ,
ii. Setting Advertising Objectives
iii. Establish advertisement Spend
iv. Message Decisions
v. Media Decisions
vi. Execute the Advertise Campaign
vii. Evaluate Advertisement Effectives
viii. Improving Advertising result
c.Impact of Advertising
25%
3 Rural Marketing (10Hours)
a. Meaning and Definition of rural Marketing
b. Characteristics of rural Marketing
c. Importance of Rural Marketing
d. Rural Marketing Mix
e. Reasons for Rural Market boom
f. Problems and Challenges in Rural Marketing
25%
117
4 Customer Relationship Management 10Hours)
a. Definition of CRM
b.Evaluation and Concept of CRM
c. Benefits of CRM
d.Relationship building as Process
e. CRM as Strategy
f. CRM Implementation Road Map
g.Customer Centric marketing and Process
h.Building Organisational Capabilities through Internal Marketing
25%
4.TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT
1. Evaluate any Rural Marketing strategy of FMCG or Consumer Durable or Service offering
organisations.
2. Evaluate Advertisement strategies of any FMCG or Consumer Durable or Service offering
organisations in the rural area.
3. Evaluate CRM executed by any Financial Institutions, Organised Retailer, or any Service
Provider.
4. Explain Characteristics of any Business Market.
5.TOPICS OF SEMINAR
1. Discuss any five factors affecting Business Buying Behaviour
2. Analyse CRM as a Strategy for Customer Retention.
3. Discuss Rural marketing Mix of Any Product or Service
4. Develop an Ad Campaign for any specific Product / Service. (Any form of advertisement with
respect to five M‟s of Advertisement Management.)
5. Analyse Seven P‟s of any Service. Discuss distribution Strategy of any Industrial Product.
6.Reference Books:
1.Rural Marketing, - Pradip Kashyap, Pearson Education.
2.Industrial Marketing Strategy – Frederick E Webster
3.Customer Relationship Management - Francis Buttle
4."Rural Marketing: Targeting the Non-urban Consumer" , Sanal Kumar Velayudhan, age
Publications Pvt. Ltd.
5.Advertising Management - Jaishri Jethwaney Shruti Jain
6.Advertising Management -C.L. Tyagi And Arun Kumar
7.Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the
semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided
as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and
applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its
application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
8. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
118
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-VI
CC607C : ADVANCED HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (Paper-II)
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
The role of HRM in organizations has gained tremendous importance over the years. It has
come some way from „Personnel Management‟ and today, is looked upon as a strategic
partner. Organizations with global presence, movement of workforce across geographical
boundaries have challenged the HR function as never before. The aim of this course is to
provide the under-graduate students with some knowledge about the important sub-functions
of HRM; functions that have not been covered in the core courses Basic Human Resource
Management and Human resource Management in Semesters III and IV.
1.Objectives:
1. The concept, objectives and statutory provisions regarding employee discipline,
2. The concepts of Human Resource Development and Talent Management,
3. Managing careers and mentoring
4. The contemporary issues of HR.
2.Evaluation : Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
3.Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 EMPLOYEE DISCIPLINE
- Concept and definitions ,
- Objectives
- Holistic view on discipline i.e the positive approach to discipline
(Human Resource Development by Werner and Desimone)
- Causes of indiscipline
- Types of Discipline
- Essentials of a good disciplinary system
- Code of Discipline
- Procedure
- Kinds of punishment/penalties
- Role of HR Manager in maintaining discipline
- Statutory provisions concerning discipline
- Guidelines of a disciplinary action
- Principles of effective discipline
(Human Resource Management – Text and Cases by S. S. Khanka)
25%
2 HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT AND TALENT
MANAGEMENT
(A) TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT OF HUMAN
25%
119
RESOURCE
(i) Significance of training and development
- Training as a strategic organizational activity
(ii) Linkage Between business strategy and training
- Defender strategy , - Prospector strategy
(iii) The process of training and development
Need Assessment Programme design and development
Programme implementation Evaluation
(iv) Special forms of Training and Development Team
Training Diversity TrainingTraining for Global Assignments Training for leadership Skills
Orientation Training
(Strategic Human Resource Management by Tanuja Agarwala)
(B) Talent Management
- Meaning and Benefits
- Process of talent management
- Focus of talent management
- Challenges to talent management
(Essentials of Strategic Human Resource Management –Dr. Anjali
Ghanekar)
3 MANAGING CAREERS AND MENTORING
(A) Career planning methods used by organisations
and objectives of each method Career Development
interventions for each career stage
Mentor relationships
- mentors and protégés
- roles and functions of mentors
- formal and informal mentoring relationships
(B) Individual, Organizational benefits of mentoring programmes
Negative mentoring experiences Key element of successful
mentoring relationship Special mentoring challenges
(Strategic Human Resource Management by Tanuja Agarwala)
25%
4 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES OF HR
(A) International Human resource management
- Types of International Organizations
- International HRM
- Difference between IHRM and Domestic HRM
- Reasons for increasing importance of IHRM IHRM Practices
- International staffing
- Pre- departure training for International Assignments
- Repatriation
- Performance Management in International Assignment
- Compensation Issues in International Assignment
(Strategic Human Resource Management by Tanuja Agarwala)
(B) Challenges Faced by HR in Knowledge Economy
(Exhibit 2.2 (pages 81-83)of Strategic Human Resource Management
by Tanuja Agarwala)
(C) Role of HR in Managing Cultural Change
(Pages 104-107 of Strategic Human Resource Management by Tanuja Agarwala)
25%
120
(D) Innovations
- Meaning
- Core elements of innovation system: Leadership and management,
Strategic alignment, Innovation process, Organization and people,
Matrix, and Corporate culture.
- Framework for innovation
- Key strategies for innovation efficiency
(Pages 380-387 of Essentials of Strategic Human Resource Management –Dr. Anjali
Ghanekar)
4.TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT
1. Managing innovation versus managing operations.
2. Knowledge Management for consistency and innovation.
3. HR challenges in managing mergers and acquisitions
(Essentials of strategic Human Resource Management by Dr. Anjali Ghanekar)
Discipline without punishment. (Human Resource Management by Dessler and Varkkey).
5.TOPICS OF SEMINAR
1. Talent Management – Challenges and Opportunities.
2. HR Manager as a catalyst for discipline, wellness, conduct and healthy IR.
3. Grey areas of HR.
6.Reference Books:
1. Human Resource Management By Gary Dessler and Biju Varkkey Pearson Prentice Hall
12th Edition
2. Strategic Human Resource Management By Tanuja Agarwala Oxford University Press
2007 Edition
3. Human Resource Management (Text and Cases) By S. S. Khanka S. Chand and Company
Limited Reprint 2007
4. Essentials of Strategic Human Resource Management By Dr. Anjali Ghanekar Everest
Publishing House First Edition 2009
5. Human Resource Development By Werner and Desimone Cengage Learning (India
Edition) 2012 Edition
7.Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the
semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided
as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and
applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its
application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
8. Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long
question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
121
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-VI
CC607D : ADVANCED TAXATION AND LAW (Paper-II)
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
Introduction:
Although a consumer always pays Indirect taxes such as VAT and Service Tax, most of them
are unaware of the concept, types and government policies for indirect taxes. This knowledge
along with direct taxes will complete the taxation curriculum for B.B.A.
1.Objectives:
1) To introduce indirect tax laws in force and relevant rules and principles.
2) To introduce the basic concepts of Gujarat Value added Tax and Customs Law in India.
2.Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
3.Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 GUJARAT VAT AND CENTRAL SALES TAX :
Introduction and concept of VAT and Central Sales Tax Scope and
applicability of act ( Including exemption from tax) Registration
Provisions under Gujarat Value Added Tax Act, 2003 and Rules
25%
2 GUJARAT VAT:
-Following definitions under the Gujarat Value Added Tax Act, 2003
and Rules
1) Goods and Capital Goods, 2)Sale, 3)Dealer, 4)Resale,
5)Manufacture, 6)Person, 7)Turnover & Taxable Turnover
8)Business
- Incidence of Tax, Tax Rate and Tax credit concepts.
- Payment and Returns of VAT and different types of Assessment
schemes.
25%
3 CUSTOMS LAW:
- Principles governing levy of Customs duty, types of dutiesincluding
Protective duty, Safeguard duty, Countervailing duty and Anti-
dumping duty.
- Exemption from customs duties
- Basic Principles of Classification of goods and Valuation of goods.
- Customs authorities, appointment of customs ports,warehousing
stations.
25%
122
4 CUSTOMS LAW:
- Provisions governing Conveyance, Importation and Exportation of
goods, special provisions regarding Baggage, Goods imported or
exported by post and Stores.
- Detailed procedure in relation to Warehousing.
- Drawback of Customs duties paid.
25%
4.TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT
1) Registration Procedure for Authorized Dealer for any product under VAT/ Central
Sales Tax.
2) Timing and Forms for Quarterly and Monthly payment of VAT/Central Sales Tax.
Procedure for Import/Export of goods.
5.TOPICS OF SEMINAR
1) Applicability of VAT/Central Sales Tax and it‟s current rate.
2) Case study relating to VAT/Central Sales Tax.
3) Drawback under Customs Law.
6.Text Book :
Indirect Taxes Law and Practice – Taxmann‟s By V.S. Datey
7.Reference Book :
Students‟ Guide to Indirect Taxes – Aadhya‟s Pvt. Ltd. By Yogendra Bangar, Vandana
Bangar and Vineet Sodhani
8.Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of
the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so
decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective,
objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like
conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of
mind. The structure is as under:
9.Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14
Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14
Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14
Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14
Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a
long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14
Marks
123
K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
Bachelor of Business Administration
Semester-VI
CC607E : BANKING AND INSURANCE (Paper-II)
(With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14)
1.Objectives:
The objective of this paper is to impart advanced level knowledge of Banking and
Insurance Services to the students.
2.Evaluation :
Evaluation pattern
End Semester 70%
Mid-Semester 20%
Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10%
3.Course Contents :
Module
No.
Modules/ Sub Modules Marks
(%)
1 Loans and advances - priority sector lending – export credit –
project finance – working capital finance - electronic banking
25%
2 Banking legislation – the Reserve Bank of India Act – The
Banking Regulation Act – Banking Sector Reforms – NPA
management – Annual Accounts of banking company
25%
3 LIC of India – GIC of India & its subsidiaries –Reinsurance
business – insurance pricing IRDA and its functions
25%
4 Channels of Distribution – intermediaries and their functions –
bancassurance - legal frame work of insurance business – Indian
insurance industry: major reforms
25%
4.TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT
1. Procedure of loans
2. Export credit
3. NPA management
4. IRDA
5.TOPICS OF SEMINAR
1. Use of technology in banking
2. Capital Adequacy norms for banks
3. Debt Recovery Tribunal
4. Insurance ombudsman
5. Social insurance
6.Text Book :
. Elements of Banking and Insurance - By Jyotsna Sethi, Nishwan Bhatia
124
7.Reference Book :
1. Banking and Insurance - By R.K. Sharma, Shashi K. Gupta, Jagwant Singh
2. K. P. M., Banking Theory Law and Practice by Sundhram, Sultan Chand
3. Banking and financial system - B. Santhanam, Sundharam & Varshney
4. Principles of Insurance - By S.K. Jain
8.Structure of Course Examination
The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of
the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under:
Evaluation pattern
End Semester examination 70%
Mid-Semester examination 20%
Projects, assignments, quizzes, class
participation
10%
Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so
decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective,
objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like
conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of
mind. The structure is as under:
9.Distribution of Marks :
Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks
Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks
Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could
be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc.
14 Marks

More Related Content

PPTX
Customs duty
PPTX
Role of Accounting
PPTX
Productivity and operation management
PPTX
Internal check internal audit internal control
PPTX
Human resource management - Introduction and Evaluation
PPTX
Export promotion and incentives
PPTX
Internal controls in auditing
PPTX
Cost control and cost reduction
Customs duty
Role of Accounting
Productivity and operation management
Internal check internal audit internal control
Human resource management - Introduction and Evaluation
Export promotion and incentives
Internal controls in auditing
Cost control and cost reduction

What's hot (20)

PDF
unit-2 financial statement of sole propritors.pdf
PPTX
Chapter 05 Overhead Costs
PPT
Financial accounting Meaning . This is useful for, BCOM,MCOM,CA,CS,CMA STUDENTS
DOCX
AUDIT WORKING PAPERS -OWNERSHIP AND CUSTODY-PPT
PPTX
Exim policy of india.pptx
PPT
finance function
PPTX
Overhead cost variance
PPTX
Management accounting
PDF
Production and operational management Unit - 1 .pdf
PPTX
Business Environment- Unit III- UPTU
PPT
Cash flow statement
PDF
A Textbook of Cost Accounting (Calicut University)
PPTX
Facility location and layout
PPTX
World Custom Organization - HS System
PDF
FUNCTIONS OF AUDIT - Following are the most important functions o.pdf
DOC
8 c 2
PPTX
Cost Accounting
PPTX
HUMAN RESOURCE PLANNING
PPTX
Difference between Cost control and Cost reduction
unit-2 financial statement of sole propritors.pdf
Chapter 05 Overhead Costs
Financial accounting Meaning . This is useful for, BCOM,MCOM,CA,CS,CMA STUDENTS
AUDIT WORKING PAPERS -OWNERSHIP AND CUSTODY-PPT
Exim policy of india.pptx
finance function
Overhead cost variance
Management accounting
Production and operational management Unit - 1 .pdf
Business Environment- Unit III- UPTU
Cash flow statement
A Textbook of Cost Accounting (Calicut University)
Facility location and layout
World Custom Organization - HS System
FUNCTIONS OF AUDIT - Following are the most important functions o.pdf
8 c 2
Cost Accounting
HUMAN RESOURCE PLANNING
Difference between Cost control and Cost reduction
Ad

Viewers also liked (13)

PDF
B.b.a.ll.b. syllabus
ODP
Compound interest and related problems in business mathematics
PPT
Swastik A Symbolof Health
DOC
Financial institutions and markets notes as per BPUT syllabus for MBA 2nd sem...
PPT
BBA-SEM-3-HRM-Job analysis
PPS
MS Word Window Elements
PPT
Intro Ch 09 A
PDF
Business economics b com part i
DOCX
cash management at bank of India
PDF
Investment appraisal methods p2
PDF
Introduction to computers by peter norton 6 e (c.b)
DOCX
Components of the word window
PDF
Fybcom syllabus
B.b.a.ll.b. syllabus
Compound interest and related problems in business mathematics
Swastik A Symbolof Health
Financial institutions and markets notes as per BPUT syllabus for MBA 2nd sem...
BBA-SEM-3-HRM-Job analysis
MS Word Window Elements
Intro Ch 09 A
Business economics b com part i
cash management at bank of India
Investment appraisal methods p2
Introduction to computers by peter norton 6 e (c.b)
Components of the word window
Fybcom syllabus
Ad

Similar to B.B.A syllabus sem 1 to 5 (20)

PDF
CourseMaterial_fa3859 Term Paper - MSTP100 Guidelines.pdf
DOC
Basic Accounting Module Outline
DOC
BUS-201 Introduction to business
DOCX
Pgbm161+module+guide+oct+2020+starts
DOCX
Course outline aacsb mba 839_global outsourcing_r kumar
DOC
Acc30205 new course outline september 2015 semester
DOC
ACC30205 New Course Outline - September 2015 Semester
DOC
Acc30205 new course outline september 2015 semester
DOC
ACC30205 New Course Outline - September 2015 Semester.doc
DOC
Acc
DOC
Acc30205 new course outline september 2015 semester
DOC
Acc30205 new course outline september 2015 semester
DOC
Acc new course outline
DOC
Bk course outline september 2015 semester
DOC
Acc30205 new course outline september 2015 semester
DOC
Acc30205 new course outline september 2015 semester
DOC
Acc30205 new course outline september 2015 semester
DOC
Course Outline (Accounting).doc
DOC
Acc30205newcourseoutline jan2015semester-151210044427
DOC
Acc30205 new course outline jan 2015 semester
CourseMaterial_fa3859 Term Paper - MSTP100 Guidelines.pdf
Basic Accounting Module Outline
BUS-201 Introduction to business
Pgbm161+module+guide+oct+2020+starts
Course outline aacsb mba 839_global outsourcing_r kumar
Acc30205 new course outline september 2015 semester
ACC30205 New Course Outline - September 2015 Semester
Acc30205 new course outline september 2015 semester
ACC30205 New Course Outline - September 2015 Semester.doc
Acc
Acc30205 new course outline september 2015 semester
Acc30205 new course outline september 2015 semester
Acc new course outline
Bk course outline september 2015 semester
Acc30205 new course outline september 2015 semester
Acc30205 new course outline september 2015 semester
Acc30205 new course outline september 2015 semester
Course Outline (Accounting).doc
Acc30205newcourseoutline jan2015semester-151210044427
Acc30205 new course outline jan 2015 semester

More from KU Open Source Education (20)

PPT
BBA-SEM-2-GSI-Economic role of government
PPSX
HRM-SEM-4-Industrial Relation
PPTX
BBA-SEM-6-Factories act. 1948
PPT
Industrial dispute Act
PDF
HRM-SEM-4-Employee Remunerations
PPT
BBA-SEM-4-New product offering
PPT
BBA-SEM-4-Creating brand equity
PPT
Unit 2 Tools for country Selection
PPT
Unit 1 - Frame Work for International Business
PPTX
BBA-SEM-1-FBO-Company management and directors
PPTX
BBA-SEM-1-FBO-Company formation stages
PPT
BBA-SEM-5-MERCANTILE LAW- Negotiable instrument act, 1882
PPT
BBA-SEM-5-MERCANTILE LAW- Sales of goods act
PPT
BBA-SEM-5-MERCANTILE LAW-The Indian contract act,1872
PPT
BBA-SEM-3-HRM-Performance appraisal
PPT
BBA-SEM-3-HRM-Development
PPT
BBA-SEM-3-HRM-Job design
PPT
BBA-SEM-3-HRM-Selection process
PPT
BBA-SEM-3-HRM-Recruitment process
PPT
BBA-SEM-3-HR planning
BBA-SEM-2-GSI-Economic role of government
HRM-SEM-4-Industrial Relation
BBA-SEM-6-Factories act. 1948
Industrial dispute Act
HRM-SEM-4-Employee Remunerations
BBA-SEM-4-New product offering
BBA-SEM-4-Creating brand equity
Unit 2 Tools for country Selection
Unit 1 - Frame Work for International Business
BBA-SEM-1-FBO-Company management and directors
BBA-SEM-1-FBO-Company formation stages
BBA-SEM-5-MERCANTILE LAW- Negotiable instrument act, 1882
BBA-SEM-5-MERCANTILE LAW- Sales of goods act
BBA-SEM-5-MERCANTILE LAW-The Indian contract act,1872
BBA-SEM-3-HRM-Performance appraisal
BBA-SEM-3-HRM-Development
BBA-SEM-3-HRM-Job design
BBA-SEM-3-HRM-Selection process
BBA-SEM-3-HRM-Recruitment process
BBA-SEM-3-HR planning

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
Paper A Mock Exam 9_ Attempt review.pdf.
PDF
Indian roads congress 037 - 2012 Flexible pavement
PPTX
ELIAS-SEZIURE AND EPilepsy semmioan session.pptx
PDF
HVAC Specification 2024 according to central public works department
PDF
My India Quiz Book_20210205121199924.pdf
PDF
A GUIDE TO GENETICS FOR UNDERGRADUATE MEDICAL STUDENTS
PPTX
Onco Emergencies - Spinal cord compression Superior vena cava syndrome Febr...
PPTX
Unit 4 Computer Architecture Multicore Processor.pptx
PPTX
TNA_Presentation-1-Final(SAVE)) (1).pptx
PPTX
20th Century Theater, Methods, History.pptx
PPTX
202450812 BayCHI UCSC-SV 20250812 v17.pptx
DOC
Soft-furnishing-By-Architect-A.F.M.Mohiuddin-Akhand.doc
PDF
RTP_AR_KS1_Tutor's Guide_English [FOR REPRODUCTION].pdf
PDF
Computing-Curriculum for Schools in Ghana
PDF
LDMMIA Reiki Yoga Finals Review Spring Summer
PPTX
A powerpoint presentation on the Revised K-10 Science Shaping Paper
PDF
Weekly quiz Compilation Jan -July 25.pdf
PDF
Empowerment Technology for Senior High School Guide
PPTX
Introduction to pro and eukaryotes and differences.pptx
PDF
احياء السادس العلمي - الفصل الثالث (التكاثر) منهج متميزين/كلية بغداد/موهوبين
Paper A Mock Exam 9_ Attempt review.pdf.
Indian roads congress 037 - 2012 Flexible pavement
ELIAS-SEZIURE AND EPilepsy semmioan session.pptx
HVAC Specification 2024 according to central public works department
My India Quiz Book_20210205121199924.pdf
A GUIDE TO GENETICS FOR UNDERGRADUATE MEDICAL STUDENTS
Onco Emergencies - Spinal cord compression Superior vena cava syndrome Febr...
Unit 4 Computer Architecture Multicore Processor.pptx
TNA_Presentation-1-Final(SAVE)) (1).pptx
20th Century Theater, Methods, History.pptx
202450812 BayCHI UCSC-SV 20250812 v17.pptx
Soft-furnishing-By-Architect-A.F.M.Mohiuddin-Akhand.doc
RTP_AR_KS1_Tutor's Guide_English [FOR REPRODUCTION].pdf
Computing-Curriculum for Schools in Ghana
LDMMIA Reiki Yoga Finals Review Spring Summer
A powerpoint presentation on the Revised K-10 Science Shaping Paper
Weekly quiz Compilation Jan -July 25.pdf
Empowerment Technology for Senior High School Guide
Introduction to pro and eukaryotes and differences.pptx
احياء السادس العلمي - الفصل الثالث (التكاثر) منهج متميزين/كلية بغداد/موهوبين

B.B.A syllabus sem 1 to 5

  • 1. 1 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-I CC101: GENERAL ENGLISH Introduction : The field of management has undergone a sea change and has today assumed a form of a profession with a well-defined body of knowledge. This knowledge is continuously evolving and new issues and findings are constantly emerging. This field is attracting many people who want to undergo a formal training in this area. 1. Objective: To familiarize students with the best samples of writings in English so that they can learn the structure of the language as it is used creatively. ; To orient students to social and cultural issues. ; To acquaint students with different writing styles of English. 2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics, managing change towards organizational effectiveness. 3. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 4. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Selected Stories from Malgudi Days by R K Narayan (List of stories will be attached later) 25% 2 Arms and the Man by Bernard Shaw 25% 3 Grammar: Tenses , Subject-verb agreement, Preposition, Articles, Modals 25% 4 Speaking Skills:and Organizational Politics 25% 5. Topics for Assignments : 1. Literary background of Malgudi Days 2. Literary background of Arms and the Man 3. Paragraph writing using words given in the vocabulary. 4. Identifying grammatical errors. 5. Correcting grammatical errors
  • 2. 2 6. Suggested Topics for Seminar: 1. Life and works of R K Narayan 2. Life and works of Bernard Shaw 3. Comparison of the stories of Malgudy Days with the TV serial Malgudi Days 4. The picture of India as presented in R K Narayan‟s short stories (other than the ten stories given in the syllabus 5. Importance of Reading in Language Learning 7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: 1. Enrich your English – by CIEFL (Academic Skills book) 2. Contemporary English Grammar – Raymond Murphy 3. Essential English Grammar - Raymond Murphy 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 3. 3 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-I CC102: PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT - I Introduction: The field of management has undergone a sea change and has today assumed a form of a profession with a well-defined body of knowledge. This knowledge is continuously evolving and new issues and findings are constantly emerging. This field is attracting many people who want to undergo a formal training in this area. 1. Objective: This subject is designed to provide a basic understanding to the students with reference to working of business organizations through the process of management. The first part of this course (offered in the first semester) will give a brief understanding of the managerial functions of planning (including decision- making) and organizing. The second part (offered in the second semester) will throw light on the managerial functions of staffing, directing and controlling. 2 Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% 3. Course Contents: Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Introduction to Management and Planning Management: Meaning and process of management. Planning: Meaning; planning process; planning remises; types of plans – based on breadth and use 25% 2 Forecasting, Decision making Forecasting: Meaning; techniques of forecasting – Historical analogy method, survey method, business barometers, time series analysis, regression analysis, significance and limitations of forecasting Decision making: Meaning; decision making process; techniques of decision making – Decision Tree, PERT and CPM. 25% 3 Organizing – Part 1 Introduction - Meaning of organizing; principles of organizing. Departmentation – Meaning; bases of departmentation – function wise, product wise, territory wise, process wise and customer wise. Delegation – Meaning; elements of delegation; principles of effective delegation. Centralization and decentralization – Meaning; factors affecting degree of centralization and decentralization. 25%
  • 4. 4 4 Organizing – Part Types of organizations (10 Hours) Formal organizations: Line; Functional; Line and staff; Committee (only the meaning, advantages and limitations of all the four forms) Informal organizations: Meaning; benefits; problems. 25% 4.Topics for assignments: 1. Levels of management and the combination of skills required at each level. 2. Management – an art, a science or a profession? 3. Methods of business forecasting – opinion poll method, extrapolation method, input-output analysis and econometric models. 4. Types of managerial decisions. 5. Span of management and factors affecting the same. 5. Suggested topics for seminars and presentations: 1. Inspiring business mentors. 2. Innovation and creativity in business. 3. Current business environment. 4. Management by Objectives. 6. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: Text book: 1. L. M. Prasad; Principles of Management; Sultan Chand and Sons, 6th edition. 2. Karminder Ghuman and K. Aswathapa; Management – Concept, Practice and Cases; Tata McGraw Hill; 1st edition (2010) Reference Book: Gupta, Sharma and Bhalla; Principles of Business Management; Kalyani Publications; 1st edition. 7. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 8. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 5. 5 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-I CC103: FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction: Financial Accounting as a discipline has evolved over the years due to the perennially changing requirements of the industry. With the advent of computerization, it now also encompasses new techniques and new issues caused by changes in the legislations pertaining to the preparation and publication of Financial Statements. 1. Objective: The present course includes introduction to the subject of Financial Accounting, basic concepts underlying the accounting practices and its techniques with special reference to Sole-Proprietorship. It also touches upon the various aspects of accounting related to Non-trading Concerns. The syllabus also includes computerized accounting using the software TALLY. 2. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% 3. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 A) FUNDAMENTALS OF ACCOUNTANCY: Meaning, Scope and Utility of Accounts, Methos of keeping Books of Accounts, Difference between Book keeping and Accountancy, Users of Accounts, fundamental Accounting Equation, Types of Accounts, Rules of Debit and Credit, Types of Transactions, Types of Assets and Liabilities. B) CAPITAL, REVENUE, DEFERRED REVENUE EXPENSES, RESERVES, PROVISIONS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITY: Meaning and difference between Capital and Revenue Incomes and Expenses, Identification of Capital and Revenue Expenses and Incomes, Meaning of Deferred Revenue Expense, Difference between Reserves and Provisions, meaning of Contingent Liability C) ACCOUNTING CONCEPTS, CONVENTIONS PRINCIPLES: Accounting Principles, Policies, Concepts and Conventions. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, Identification of different Accounting concept applied in various transactions, its accounting entries and its presentation in Annual Financial Statement 25%
  • 6. 6 2 ACCOUNTING FOR NON TRADING CONCERNS: Meaning of Non Trading Concern, Annual Financial Statements of Non Trading Concerns (NTC), How NTC differs from Trading Concern, Identification of Capital and Revenue Items for non trading organizations, Receipts and Payments Account, Income and Expenditure Account, Balance Sheet, Concept of different funds and their accounting treatment. (Practical Examples of Clubs & Hospitals) 25% 3 FINAL ACCOUNTS OF SOLE PROPRIETARY CONCERN: Preparation of Final account of sole Trading 25% 4 ACCOUNTING ENTRIES IN TALLY 7.2 USING VOUCHERS: Relevant vouchers in printed/physical form to be provided to students as a documentary evidence and accounting entries in Tally 7.2 (accounts only) to be passed and it will be evaluated on the basis of Day Book, Trial Balance, Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet. Opening balances of certain Ledger Accounts may also be given in case of continuing firm. (no theory and no transaction form question from this unit) 25% Note : Each student should be given at least 10 hours of Tally 7.2 Practical. 4. Topics for Assignments: 1. Accounting Standards in India – An Introduction 2. AS – 2 (Valuation of Inventory) and AS – 10 (Fixed Assets) 3. Accounting Cycle (Practical Sums based on recording in Journal/ Subsidiary Book to preparation of Trial Balance) 5. Topics for Seminars: 1. levance of Auditing in Accountancy 2. Triple Accounting System 3. Contemporary Issues in Financial Accounting 4. New emerging Branches of Accounts – (Social Responsibility Accounting, Human Resource Accounting and Environmental Accounting) 5. Introduction to Legislative Bodies Governing Financial Statement 6. Teaching methodology: The methodology includes conceptual knowledge and case studies giving real life experience 7. Recommended Text & Suggested reference Books: 1. Accounting for Managers – J. Made Gowda – Himalaya Publishing House 2. Introduction to Accountancy – T. S. Grewal & S. C. Gupta – S. Chand – 8th Edition 3. Modern Accountancy - Hanif Mukerji – TMH 4. Financial Accounting by Dr. Kaustubh Sontake – 1st Edition – Himalaya Publishing House
  • 7. 7 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 8. 8 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-I CC104: Principles of Economics (Micro) Introduction: Knowledge has many branches and Economics is an Important and useful branch of knowledge. The knowledge of Economics is being used for initiating and accelerating growth in the Economies. 1. Objective: The objective of this course is to equip the students with conceptual understanding of finance and its practical application. It is expected that the students possess a sound base in accounting principles and practices including financial analysis. The course intends to equip students with the ability to apply concepts in managerial decision making. At the end of the course, they are expected to have learnt the methodology and techniques for application of financial and managerial accounting and information in the formation of policies and in the planning and control of the operations of the organization. 2. Evaluation: Evaluation pattern End Semester Examination 70% Mid-Semester Examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% 3. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Definitions of Economics: Scarcity and Growth definitions; Introduction to Micro Economics; Definition, Scope, Importance and Limitations of Micro Economics; Important Concepts; Economic goods and Free Goods, Price and Value, Want and Demand, Production Possibility Curve; Economic Systems; Planned Economy, Free Market Economy and Mixed Economy 25% 2 Theory of Demand: Meaning of Demand and Determinants of Demand – Demand Function; Law of Demand, Expansion and Contraction of Demand, Increase and Decrease in Demand, Usefulness of Law of Demand, Exceptions to the Law of Demand; Utility Analysis: Concept of Utility, Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility, Derivation of Demand Curve on the basis of the Utility analysis , Consumer‟s Surplus 25% 3 Theory of Supply: Meaning of Supply, Determinants of Supply, Expansion and Contraction of Supply, Increase and Decrease in Supply; Demand and Supply as determinants of Price; Meaning of Market, Types of Market and their important features: Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic Competition and oligopoly 25% 4 Marginal Productivity Theory of Distribution; Rent: Concepts of Differential Rent and Scarcity Rent, Economic and Contract Rent, Quasi Rent, Pure Rent and Quasi Rent; Wages: Concepts of Time Wages, Piece Wages, Money wages, real Wages, factors determining real Wages; Interest: Gross and Net Interest. Components of Gross Interest; Profit: Theories of profit – risk, uncertainty, innovation 25%
  • 9. 9 4. Topics for assignments: 1. Discuss Basic Economic Problems. 2. Explain the nature of Economics. 3. Explain the Main Types of Demand (Price, Income, Cross). 4. Distinguish between Giffen Paradox and Veblen effect. 5. Distinguish between Composite Supply and Joint Supply. 6. Explain the special features of Factor Pricing. How does Factor Pricing differ from Commodity Pricing? 7. Explain the Constituents of gross profit. 5. Suggested topics for seminars and presentations: 1. Features of Modern Economy 2. Relevance of floor and ceiling prices in modern economic system 3. Regulated and unregulated markets and their consequences 4. Public goods and private goods 6. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: Text Book: Micro Economic Theory by R. Cauvery (S.Chand Publication.) Micro Economics by M.John Kennedy (Himalaya Publication) Reference Books: Modern Micro Economics by H.L Ahuja (S Chand Publication) Modern Economic Theory by K.K Dewett (S. Chand Publication) Elementary Theory by K.K. Deweet & J.D.Verma. ( S.Chand Publication.) Principles of Economics by D.M.Mithani ( Himalaya Publication) 7. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 8. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 10. 10 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-I CC105: FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANIZATION Introduction: Business organizations which were initially small and localized have assumed complex and global dimensions. Businesses have moved from individual- owned to family-run and beyond. Hence it becomes imperative to have some understanding of the complex and dynamic structure of modern businesses along with the implications – positive and negative, in the form of combinations. 1. Objective: To provide basic understanding regarding the corporate form of organization – its formation, its management and its chief officers, and the implications of such a corporate structure in the form of business combinations. 2. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester Examination 70% Mid-Semester Examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% 3. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Joint Stock Company : Meaning; definition under the Company‟s Act 1956; types; difference between Public Ltd. and Pvt. Ltd. companies; formation procedure (promotion, incorporation, subscription and commencement); detailed study of Memorandum of Association, Articles of Association, Prospectus and Statement in lieu of Prospectus. 25% 2 Company Management i. Director – meaning; definition under Company‟s Act 1956; position; qualifications and disqualifications of a director; number of directors; powers, duties and liabilities of directors. ii. Managing Director – definition under Company‟s Act 1956; position; appointment and disqualifications; remuneration to Managing Director. iii. Company Secretary – definition under Company‟s Act 1956; position, qualifications; appointment; powers and duties of a Company Secretary. 25% 3 Company Meetings, Resolutions and Minutes ; Company meetings - Meaning; types i. Shareholders meetings – statutory meeting; AGM and EGM; provisions regarding quorum, agenda, time and place of holding the meetings, notice; purpose of holding these meetings; business transacted at these meetings. ii. Board Meetings – provisions regarding time, place, notice, quorum, agenda; purpose of holding board meetings. Resolutions – meaning; types; Minutes – meaning; signing 25%
  • 11. 11 4 Business Combinations : Business Combinations - Meaning; causes/reasons of combinations; economies (benefits) and diseconomies (evils) of combinations; types – horizontal, vertical forward and backward, lateral convergent and divergent, circular; forms – associations, federations, partial and total consolidations. 25% 4. Topics for assignments: 1 Features of a Joint Stock Company. 2 Winding up of Joint Stock Companies. 3 Class meeting of shareholders. 4 Debenture holders‟ meetings. 5 Creditors‟ meetings. 6 Functions of Commodity Exchanges. 7 Services offered by Commodity Exchanges. 5. Suggested topics for seminars and presentations: 1. Launching a new business enterprise. 2. Comparison of different forms of business organizations. 3. Business combinations in practice. 4. Role of Public Sector Enterprises in India. 6. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: Text: M C Shukla; Business Organization and Management; S. Chand Publication; 18 th edition. Reference Book: Fundamentals of Business Organisation & Management by Y.K.Bhushan (Sultan chand & Sons 7. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 8. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 12. 12 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-I CC106:BASIC MATHEMATICS Introduction: The student will understand the mathematical concepts and terminology involved in Linear Algebra, Function, Permutation and Combination. The course focuses on how to interpret and solve business-related word problems and to develop simple mathematical models from a business perspective. 1. Objective : To create a better understanding of Mathematical concepts in solving business related problems. The course serves as a good foundation for further study in management, accounting ,marketing and finance. 2 Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% 3 Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Set theory: Introduction; Types of Sets; Venn Diagrams; Operations on Sets; Cartesian Product of two Sets; Applications 25% 2 Function : Definition ;Types of functions ; Some functions in Commerce and Economics Applications Limit : Introduction; Definition and working rules of Limit; Some Standard Limits 25% 3 Permutations and Combinations: Introduction; Important notations, meaning; Applications 25% 4 Co-ordinate Geometry : Introduction; Cartesian Co-ordinate system; Distance formula; Line and slope of a line ; Different forms of equations of a line; Applications; Arithmetic and Geometric Progression 25% 5. Assignment: 1. Assignment on set theory 2. Assignment on function and limit 3. Assignment on permutation and combination 4. Assignment on co-ordinate geometry and arithmetic & geometric progression
  • 13. 13 6. Seminar Topics: 1. Prepare a project on the application of function used in real life. 2. Use of permutation and combination in TRANSPORT SYSTEM. 7. Recommended Text Books cum Reference Books : Text Books: 1. Business Mathematics: Sancheti and Kapoor 2. Business Mathematics: Kashyap Trivedi and Chirag Trivedi Refrences: 1. Business Mathematics . (Second Edition) – Qazi Zameeruddin, Vijay K Khanna, SK Bhambri. (Vikas Publication) 2. Business Mathematics –II – J. K. Singh , Deepti Rani. (Himalaya Pubklishing House) 3. Mathematics for Management An Introduction – M Raghavachari (Tata Mc GrawHill) 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 14. 14 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-I CC107: IT Tools and Applications Introduction: Computers are a part of life-personal, social and professional. Use of computers has pervaded all forms of activities and all aspects of human society. It has become inevitable for students of management to learn computers and its application. 1. Objective: To introduce the students to the fundamentals of computers and familiarize them with the jargon commonly used by computer literates. To introduce the students with some basic tools and applications which will enable them in e- communicating effectively and analyse data for decision making using data of different kinds. To introduce the student to the internet and its applications and thereby empowering him to utilize e-sources for upgrading his knowledge base. 2. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% 3. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Unit-1 Introduction to Computers, Operating System Windows & its Utilities Computer system components, Input devices, Output devices, storage devices, computer storage elements, types of computer, Applications of computers, advantages of using computer; Operating System ; Computer software categories; Introduction to operating system; Types of User Interfaces; Functions of Operating Systems; Types of Operating Systems; Examples of Operating system; Booting Process Windows : Introduction to Windows, features of Windows, various versions; Components Of Windows; Desktop, icon, My computer, My documents, Network Neighborhood, Recycle bin, start menu, taskbar, Windows Explorer; Control Panel Files and Folders: Creating Folder; Folder Operations (copying , moving and deleting) Creating files & file operations; Creating systems tool and disk defrag Internet and Outlook : What is Internet ; Most popular internet services; Functions of Internet like email, WWW, FTP, Usenet, IRC, instant messaging, Internet Telephony; How Internet works; Connecting to Internet; Managing emails; Using address book; Working with task list; Scheduling appointments ; Reminders; Events ; Journals; Notes 25%
  • 15. 15 2 MS Word & Introduction to Excel Creating, navigating and editing Word documents; Formatting text of a document; Formatting , viewing and printing a document; Inserting and removing page breaks ; Insert Header and footers; Viewing a document; Page set up of a document; Printing a document; Working with tables and graphics; Working with objects; Mail merge and labels; Spelling and grammar tools; Autocorrect; Auto text; Auto format; Inserting endnotes and footnotes; Working with columns; Inserting comments; Creating index and tables from the content of document; Counting words; Macros; Saving document with passwords. Introduction To Excel Concept of workbook, worksheet, workspace; Types of data; Formatting workbook; Conditional formatting; Sorting Data 25% 3 MS PowerPoint Creating , browsing &saving Presentation; Editing & formatting slides; Linking multiple slides using hyperlinks and advance buttons; Using slide layouts ; Adding notes to the slides ; Editing and formatting slides ; Working with slide masters ; Inserting objects on the slide ; Animating objects ; Slide transitions ; Choosing preset animations ; Triggering animations ; Applying sound effects to animation effects ; Playing videos ; Rehearsing timings ; Slide show ; Slide show options(using pen pointer, highlighter); Pack &go ; Custom Show 25% 4 Advanced Excel Data validation ; Data filter (Auto & Advance); Charts; What if analysis; Goal seek; Scenario ; Protecting Worksheet; Types of error Functions and formulas Mathematical Round, ceil floor, fact, subtotal, sum , sum if; Logical AND, OR, NOT, if; StatisticalMin, max, avg, count if; Text Concatenate, Exact, find, left, right, len, lower, upper, trim; Lookup Hlookup, Vlookup; Date and Time Date, day, days360, hours, minute, now, second, time, today, year, datediff; Financial Functions; FV, IPMT, NPER, NPV, PMT, PV, Rate Pivot table 25% 4. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: Tax Book : Working with Personal Computer Software (2nd Ed.) – R.P.Soni, Harshal Arolkar, Sonal Jain , Wiley –India Publications Reference Books: Office 2003 in simple steps- Dreamtech Press.
  • 16. 16 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-II CC201: Communication Skills Introduction: On a daily basis we work with people who have different opinions, values, beliefs, and needs than our own. Our ability to exchange ideas with others, understand others' perspectives, solve problems and successfully utilize the steps and processes presented in this training will depend significantly on how effectively we are able to communicate with others. Hence it becomes imperative to have some understanding of the complex and dynamic structure of modern communication and develop communication skills. 1. Objective: Behavioral pattern always gets changed in relation to status and role of an individual. It is in this respect that this course is designed to understand and examine the traits of individual as consumer in the society. The purpose is to have impact assessment over the changing marketing technology 2. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% 3. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Fundamentals of Communication: Importance of Communication; Definition and process of communication and feedback in Communication; Barriers to effective Communication; Features of effective Communication 25% 2 Forms of Communication: Types of Communication (Verbal and Non-verbal with sub-types); Dimensions of Communication (Formal and Informal, Horizontal, upward; downward); Listening and its Types; Computer as a medium of modern communication and ethics related to it. 25% 3 Text applications of social class Men of Steel: India‟s Business Leaders in Candid Conversation with Veer Sanghvi; Author: Veer Sanghvi ; Pub: Roli books, 2007; Short Question-answers should be asked from the text. 25% 4 Language Skills 25% 4. Suggested Topics for Seminars: 1. Different Media of Communication (the students can write seminar papers on various media, i.e., social networking etc.) 2. Cross Cultural Communication 3. Methods to Initiate and Facilitate Feedback in the Modern World 4. Problems faced by learners of English as a second language and their possible Solutions
  • 17. 17 5. Comparative study of communication styles of various successful leaders. Assessment to be done on the basis of quizzes, assignments and tests/exam. Quizzes and tests to be set from the syllabus itself. Suggested areas/topics for assignments: 5. Suggested Topics for Assignments/Quiz: 1. Listening Comprehension 2. Case analysis to test the effectiveness of Communication (Unit 1 & 2) 3. Vocabulary from the text book. (Unit 3) 4. Contextual usage of idioms, phrases. (Unit 4) 5. Success Stories of Entrepreneurs (other than the text book) 6. Recommended Text Books: Consumer Behavior by Leon G. Schiffman & Leslie Lazar Kanuk (Ninth edition) 7. Suggested reference Books: F. Business Communication Today – By Bovee, Thill, Schazman G. Business Communication – by Pal and Korlahalli H. Business Communication – by S M Rai and U S Rai I. Business Communication – Meenakshi Raman and Sangeeta Sharma J. Business Communication – by Asha Kaul K. Contemporary Business Communication – Scott Ober L. Business Communication – By Sangeeta Magan M. Business Communication – by Meenakshi Raman and Prakash Singh (Case Method Approach) N. Business Communication – by N S Pradhan and Homai Pradhan O. Business Communication – by P D Chaturvedi and Mukesh Chaturvedi P. Modern Commercial Correspondence – by R S N Pillai and Bagavathi Q. Enrich your English – by CIEFL (Academic Skills book) R. Contemporary English Grammar – Raymond Murphy S. Essential English Grammar - Raymond Murphy T. Business Maharajas – Gita Parimal H. Different Media of Communication (the students can write seminar papers on various media, i.e., social networking etc.) I. Cross Cultural Communication J. Methods to Initiate and Facilitate Feedback in the Modern World K. Problems faced by learners of English as a second language and their possible Solutions L. Comparative study of communication styles of various successful leaders 8. Guidelines for FYBBA Communication Skills Practical 1. Speech Making: The students would be asked to make extempore speeches on current topics (could be related to social evils, economic developments, political conditions, etc.) for the duration of 3 minutes. 2. Role Play: Role Play can be related to any of the following topics. a. Conversing with an insurance agent b. At a bank c. At a shop d. At a travel agency e. At a ticket counter f. Medical Representatives
  • 18. 18 g. Clients/patients to a counselor h. Taking interviews (like a media personnel) of celebrities i. Reactions/evasive replies/ negative responses to unwanted telephone calls j. Conversation between teacher-student/boss-employee 9. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 10. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 19. 19 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-II CC202: Principles of Management-2 Introduction: The field of management has undergone a sea change and has today assumed the form of a profession with a well-defined body of knowledge. This knowledge is continuously evolving and new issues and findings are constantly emerging. This field is attracting many people who want to undergo a formal training in this area. 1. Objective: This subject is designed to provide a basic understanding to the students with reference to working of business organizations through the process of management. The first part of this course (offered in the first semester) will give a brief understanding of the managerial functions of planning (including decision-making) and organizing. The second part (offered in the second semester) will throw light on the managerial functions of staffing, directing and controlling. 2. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% 3. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Staffing Meaning; A. Human Resource Planning – Meaning; importance. B. Job Analysis – Meaning; importance. C. Recruitment – Meaning; only sources of recruitment. D. Selection – Meaning; only the selection process. E. Training – Meaning; methods of training – job rotation, lectures/conferences, vestibule (a short note on these). 25% 2 Directing Meaning; Principles of directing Motivation – Meaning; Theories of motivation - Herzberg‟s Two- Factor theory, McGregor‟s Theory X and Theory Y, Theory Z. ; Leadership – Meaning; Theories of leadership – Blake and Mouton‟s Managerial grid, Leadership Continuum. ; Communication – Meaning; importance. 25% 3 Control. Meaning; nature of control; importance of control; the control process; essentials/principles of effective control system; techniques of control – Break-Even Analysis. 25% 4 Emerging issues in Management Knowledge Management – Meaning; objectives. Technology Management – Meaning; functions, limitations. Corporate Social Responsibility – Meaning; arguments for and against CSR 25%
  • 20. 20 4. Suggested topics for seminars and presentations: 1. Total Quality Management. 2. Management Information System. 3. Use of symbols in communication. 4. Management practices across cultures. 5. Topics for assignments: 1. McClelland‟s Needs theory of motivation. 2. Autocratic style of leadership. 3. Democratic style of leadership. 4. Free-Rein style of leadership. 5. Budgetary Control. 6. Constituents of Knowledge Management. 7. Challenges facing Technology Management. 8. Approaches to Corporate Social Responsibility. 6. Recommended Text Books: 1. L. M. Prasad; Principles of Management; Sultan Chand and Sons, 6th edition. 2. Karminder Ghuman and K. Aswathapa; Management – Concept, Practice and Cases; Tata McGraw Hill; 1st edition (2010) 7. Suggested reference Books: 1. Gupta, Sharma and Bhalla; Principles of Business Management; Kalyani Publications; 1st edition. 2. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 21. 21 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-II CC203: COST ACCOUNTING Introduction: Owing to the growing need of inculcating cost consciousness and encourage cost-reduction efforts, the area of cost accounting has emerged as a vital branch of accounting. The modern -day businesses in the manufacturing as well as service sectors are faced with the challenges of intense competition nationally and globally. Hence, these business units are forced to recognise the impact of cost control and cost reduction on profits. At the root is the need to thoroughly understand the types, nature, behaviour and effect of the various elements of cost on the pricing, production and profits. For the managers, knowledge of cost accounting is a prerequisite to successful management accounting. 1. Objective: The aim of this subject is to provide an extension of the fundamentals of marketing and develop the analytical skills and unleash the skills to harness the potential of marketing in the corporate world 2. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% 3. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 BASIC CONCEPTS OF COSTING: Meaning of Costing, Objectives of Cost Accounting, Functions of Cost Accountant, Advantages of Cost Accounting, Objections to Cost Accounting, Elements of Cost, Types of Costing, Cost Classification, Methods of Costing, Terms used in Costing (cost concepts for decision making) 25% 2 UNIT COSTING Preparation of Simple cost Sheet (Only single product costing), Tender Cost Sheet (Estimated Cost Sheet) 25% 3 RECONCILIATION OF COST AND FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Preparation of Reconciliation Statement based on Cost Sheet and Profit & loss Account. (Preparation of Cost Sheet and/or Profit & Loss Account and preparation of Reconciliation Statement) 25% 4 NON-INTEGRAL ACCOUNTING (COST CONTROL ACCOUNTS) Cost ledger Control Accounts, Journal entries and preparation of Cost control Accounts. 25%
  • 22. 22 4. Topics for Assignment: 1 Application of different costing techniques in various industries 2. Direct & Indirect Expenses classification 3. Cost Accounting Records for movement of material and details of labour 5. Topics for Seminar and Quiz: 1. Contemporary issues in Cost Accounting 2. Developing costing technique for a specific industry 3. Cost Accounting Software used in various industries 4. Practical application of uniform costing in various industries 5. Use of Costing in Service Industry 6. Cost Reduction and cost control techniques 6. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: Tax Book Cost Accounting Text and Problems by M. C. Shukla, T. S .Grewal and M. P. Gupta – S Chand – 10th Edition Ref. Books Management Accounting by Paresh Shah – Oxford University Press Cost Accounting by J. Made Goda – Himalaya Publishing House – 1st Edition Cost Accounting by Jawahar Lal & Seema Srivastava – Tata McGraw Hill Publication - 2008 Edition 7. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 8. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 23. 23 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-II CC204: Principles of Economics (Macro) Introduction: Macro Economics is a broad field of study. It is a branch of Economics dealing with the performance, structure, behavior & decision making of the entire Economy. 1. Objective: . To study the behaviour and working of the economy as a whole. To study relationships among broad aggregates. To apply economic reasoning to problems of business and public policy. 2. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester Examination 70% Mid-Semester Examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% 3. Course Contents: Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Introduction to Macro Economics: Definition, Scope, Importance and Limitations of Macro Economics; National Income (NI) Accounting; Meaning of NI and Circular Flow of NI (in Four sector economy) ;Stock and flow concept, NI at Current Price and NI at Constant Price; Various concepts of NI (GNP, GDP, NNP, NDP), Personal Income, Disposable ;Income ; Methods for measurement of NI ;Difficulties in measurement of NI 25% 2 Theory of Income and Employment ; Keynes‟ consumption function; Investment function; Keynesian theory of Income and employment; Investment multiplier; Interest rate theory - Liquidity Preference Theory 25% 3 Money; Definition and Functions ; Stocks of Money (M1, M2, M3 and M4) ; Credit creation by Commercial Banks; Inflation; Meaning of Inflation, Deflation, Stagflation and Causes of inflation, Measures to Control Inflation; D. Business cycle; Meaning, characteristics and phases 25% 4 Monetary policy; Meaning, Objectives and Tools; F. Fiscal policy; Meaning, Objectives and Tools; G. Balance of Payments; Meaning, Structure, Causes of Disequilibrium and Methods of Correcting Disequilibrium 25% 4. Topics for Assignment 1. Functions of Commercial Banks 2. Functions of Central Banks 3. Factors affecting Business Cycle 4. Use of National Income Data 5. Difference between BOT and BOP
  • 24. 24 5. Topics for Seminar 1. Inflation in India 2. Economic Growth and Economic Development 3. Role of Economic Policies in Economic Growth 4. Relationship between Inflation and unemployment 5. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: 6. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: Text Book D. Macro Economics by D.M.Mithani (Himalaya Publication) E. Macro Economics by R. Cauvery (S.Chand Publication.) 7. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 8. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 25. 25 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-II CC205: GROWTH AND STRUCTURE OF INDUSTRIES Introduction: India is developing economy. Industrialization has a major role to play in the economic development of a country. The government of India launched the process of industrialization as conscious and deliberate policy of economic growth in early fifties. 1. Objectives : To expose students to a new approach to the study of the Indian Industries. To help the students in analyzing the present phase of the Indian Industries & Services .To acquaint students with the emerging issues in Industrial & Service sector in the light of policies of liberalization and globalization. 2. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% 3. Course Contents: Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Introduction : Meaning of industry and industrialization, Significance of industrialization in India, Factors hampering India Location of Industries : Meaning and importance of location, Weber‟s theory of location and factors affecting location, Agglomeration and Deglomeration, Dynamics of industrial location 25% 2 Public Sector in Indian Economy: Role of PSUs in India, Performance of PSUs and Problems of PSUs, Private Sector in Indian Economy: Role of Private Sector in India, Performance of Private Sector in the Post Liberalisation phase in India, Problems of Private Sector , Growth and Contribution Of Service Sector in India 25% 3 Small Scale and Cottage Industries : Meaning, characteristics and classification (cottage, modern SSI and tiny units), Importance of SSI in Indian economy, Problems faced by SSIs, Policy measures for SSIs (Government Assistance to SSIs, Industrial Estates, DICs, Policy of reservation for SSIs), the industrial policy 1991 and SSIs, Financial Institutions for SSI (NSIC, SIDBI, SFCs, SIDC) 25% 4 Industrial Policy : An outline of the industrial policies in the pre- reform (1991) period.; Provisions of the industrial policy after 1991 Policies for Industrial Sickness : Meaning of industrial sickness, causes of industrial sickness in India, Government‟s measures for sick industrial units Indian Industries and the Energy problem: Sources of Energy, Energy Crisis and Measures to solve Energy Crisis 25%
  • 26. 26 4. Topics for Assignment 1. Classification of Industries 2. Measures to improve efficiency of PSUs 3. Five Year Plan & Small Scale Industries 4. Occupational Structure in India 5. Importance of infrastructure in economic development 5 Suggested Topics for Seminar 1. Industrial Development during Planning 2. Need for Macro Finance in India 3. Role of Industries in the development of Indian Economy 4. Role of Human Recourses in the development of Indian economy 6. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: Text Book: (1) Indian Economy (28th Revised Edition) by Mishra & Puri (Himalaya publication) (2) Industrial Economy of India by S.S.M Desai & N. Bhalerao Reference Book : (1) Indian Economy by Datt & Sundharam (S.Chand Publication) 7. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 8. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 27. 27 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-II CC206: Business Mathematics Introduction: India is developing economy. Industrialization has a major role to play in the economic development of a country. The government of India launched the process of industrialization as conscious and deliberate policy of economic growth in early fifties. 1. Objective: The objective of the course is to introduce the student to the basics in mathematics utilized for pricing of financial derivatives. To provide the student basic understanding of the mathematical ideas and technical tools used in mod eling. Prepare students for subsequent work in their business majors and for their future careers in the business community. 2. Evaluation: Evaluation pattern End Semester Examination 70% Mid-Semester Examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% 3. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Derivative and its applications Introduction, Definition, Derivative of a function of one variable , Derivative of standard functions ( e.g. xn, ax, ex, log x) (without proof) , Rules of derivative (Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, Division, Chain), Examples, Logarithmic differentiation, Marginal Revenue function, Marginal Cost function, Profit function Price elasticity of demand and supply. 25% 2 Second order derivative Introduction, definition and examples of second order derivatives, Maxima and Minima of a function, Applications: Profit, Revenue Maximization and Cost Minimization ,Partial derivative and its applications to functions of two variables 25% 3 Matrix Algebra Introduction, Types of matrices, Addition and subtraction of Matrices, Multiplication by scalar, Multiplication of two matrices, Inverse of matrix ( up to 3x3 matrix using adjoin matrix), Applications to business problems and solving 25% 4 Mathematics of Finance Introduction, simple interest, compound interest Effective rate of interest, Present value, Annuity, Simple applications 25%
  • 28. 28 4. Assignment Topics: 1. Assignment on derivative and its applications 2. Assignment on matrices 3. Assignment on mathematical finance 5. Seminar Topics: 1. Matrix application in the salary system of an office. 2. Financial project as a part of savings and investment. 3. Use of financial mathematics on personal savings. 6. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: Text Books: a. Business Mathematics: Sancheti and Kapoor b. Business Mathematics: Kashyap Trivedi and Chirag Trivedi Refrences: 1. Business Mathematics . (Second Edition) – Qazi Zameeruddin, Vijay K Khanna, SK Bhambri. (Vikas Publication) 2. Business Mathematics –II – J. K. Singh , Deepti Rani. (Himalaya pubklishing House) 3. Mathematics for Management An Introduction – M Raghavachari (Tata Mc Graw Hill) 7. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 8. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 29. 29 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-II CC207: PRACTICAL STUDIES Introduction: The BBA programme aims at providing a practical insight to the student in the various functions of business enterprises. It is this aspect which gives a learner an edge over other programmes in same area. Lack of industry- exposure would prove fatal and hence a student of management needs to undergo practical training to sharpen his theoretical skills and knowledge. 1. Objective: This course aims at bridging the gap between theory and practice by providing an opportunity to the student to acquire basic understanding of the functioning of a business organisation. It attempts to introduce a student to the various functional areas of management through industrial exposure followed by report writing and viva- voce. It also aims to sharpen the communicative skills of the students through practical training in some of the important skills required to be mastered by middle and higher level managers.Key features: HRD and management, HRD activities & emerging issues in HRD. 2. General Instruction : a. The practical studies paper be incorporated in the second semester of B.B.A. course with 3 credits and 4 ½ hours per week in the following manner:- Component Hours per week Communication practical‟s 3 ½ Project work 1 Total 4 ½ b. Each batch for practical studies should not have more than 40 students. For every batch 3½ hours per week have to be allocated for communication practicals and 1 hour per week for the project work. c. The evaluation of communication skills practical‟s will consist of role plays and speech making whereas the project work will be evaluated on the basis of project report and individual viva-voce. d. The marks allocation will be as follows:- Evaluation Internal External Communication 15 Marks 35 Marks Practicals Details Role play Speech making Role play Speech making 9 6 20 15 Project work 15 Marks 35 Marks Details Viva voce 9 Project report 6 Viva voce 20 Project work 15 Total Marks 30 70 Minimum 12 (out of 30) 28 (out of 70) Passing Marks
  • 30. 30 e. The marks for practical studies shall be considered for deciding class and percentage of the student. f. Minimum passing marks shall be at par with other subjects i.e. 40%. 3. Guidelines for Project Work : a. The visit should be to a manufacturing unit, which can be of any size and any form of organisation. b. A batch of 35 to 40 students should be taken for the visit. c. Students are required to prepare an individual report based on information gathered during the visit and/or sessions with industry representatives in consultation with the concerned teacher. d. The report can be of 30 to 40 pages, more descriptive in nature. Use of graphics and pictures should be minimised. Also, mere reproduction of secondary data should be avoided. It should cover the Syllabus following areas:- 1. COMPANY PROFILE:- Name, Registered address, Brief History, Mission, Vision, Products, Form of organisation, Organisation Structure, Locational issues, Awards and Achievements. 2. PRODUCTION:- Product classification, Production process, Production capacity, Plant layout, Raw material and its procurement, Ways to handle industrial waste. 3. MARKETING:-Basic data about product, price distribution and promotion as 4 p‟s of marketing, Competitors. 4. HUMAN RESOURCES:- Number of employees at each level, shifts , Recruitment, Selection, Training initiatives, Compensation, Policies regarding promotion and transfer. 5. FINANCE:- Investment in the organisation, Sources of funds, Last 3 years sales turnover, Profit and Loss accou 6. nt and Balance Sheet. (if available) 7. Social Responsibility and future plans of the organization.
  • 31. 31 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-III CC301: Commercial Communication 1. Objective: This course is designed to give the learners a comprehensive view of communication as it operates within an organizational setting. ; It attempts to develop an awareness of the importance of succinct written expression to modern business communication. ; It focuses on preparing the learners to effectively use various forms of written professional communication both the time-tested ones and as well the ones emerging with the technological developments. 2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics, managing change towards organizational effectiveness. 3. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 4. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Introduction to Commercial Communication and its basic forms: 1.1 Difference between Professional/Commercial Communication and General Communication, 1.2 Features of Successful Profession Communication 1.3 Purpose of Professional/Commercial Communication in an organizational set-up. (Refer to Communication Skills by Sanjay Kumar and Pusplata, Oxford Higher Education Publication, 2010. Chapter 1 sub points 1.4, 1.5, 1.7) (Unit 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 will carry 7 marks) 1.4 Email writing as an emerging form of Commercial Communication: Common Pitfalls, Guiding Principles of Composing Emails, Maintaining Common Etiquette. (Refer to Communication Skills by Sanjay Kumar and Pusplata, Oxford Higher Education Publication, Chapter 26) 1.5 Memo as a form of Business Communication: a. Format of Memos, Advantages of Memos b. Memo Writing : Warning Memo, Congratulatory Memo, Information Memo, Request Memo 25%
  • 32. 32 (Refer to Essentials of Business Communication by Rajendra Pal and Korlahalli, CC 17) (Unit 1.4 and 1.5 will carry 7 marks) (Refer to Communication Skills by Sanjay Kumar and Pusplata, Oxford Higher Education Publication, Chapter 26) 1.6Memo as a form of Business Communication: a. Format of Memos, Advantages of Memos b. Memo Writing : Warning Memo, Congratulatory Memo, Information Memo, Request Memo (Refer to Essentials of Business Communication by Rajendra Pal and Korlahalli, CC 17) 2 Forms of Commercial Communication: Business Letters 2.1 Structure and Layout of Letters, Elements of Style, 2.2 Letter Writing : a.Inquiry and its Reply, b.Order and Acknowledgment of Order, (Confirmation with Full execution and Partial Execution, Inability to execute the order) c.Complaints and Adjustments (Unit 2.1 will be asked only as a part of Multiple choice questions under Question No. 5. Unit 2.2 will carry two sub-questions of 7 marks each and would include drafting of letters. (Refer to Essentials of Communication by Rajendra Pal and Korlahalli chapters No. CC-2, CC-3, CC-5, CC-6, CC-8) 25% 3 Forms of Commercial Communication: Business Reports: 3.1 Types of Reports, Salient features of a good business Reports, Stages in writing Reports 3.2 Writing Reports- a.Investigating decline in Sales of a particular product b.Looking into Demands and grievances of the Employees c.Looking into an accident in the factory d. Selecting a suitable site for opening a factory/business unit e.Investigating complaints against Employee/employees f. Investigating the performance of branches of a business unit (Refer to Essentials of Business Communication by Rajendra Pal and Korlahalli, chapters No. WC -1 and WC-2 ) (Unit 3.1 will be asked only as a part of the Multiple choice questions under Question No.5. Unit 3.2 will carry two-sub- questions of 7 marks each and would include drafting of business reports.) 25% 4 Effectiveness of Commercial Communication: 4.1 Business Vocabulary a. List of confusing words(as per the list attached) b. List of suitable substitutes for inflated phrases (as per the list attached) 4.2 Comprehension of an unseen passage on commercial topic 25%
  • 33. 33 (Unit 4.1 a. will carry 4 marks and 4.1 b. will carry 3 marks. Unit 4.2 will carry 7 marks.) Specifications regarding the questions to be drawn from the above units: 1. Only short notes not exceeding 150 words carrying 3 to 4 marks should be asked from Unit 1 Sections-1.1, 1.2, and 1.3. 2. The theoretical background of Emails,(1.4) Memos (1.5 a ) Letters (2.1) and Reports (3.1) like Format, features, advantages etc should be asked only as a part of the multiple choice questions in the question paper and should NOT be asked as a full length questions. 3. The full length questions worth 7 marks should be asked from “Memo Writing‟, (1.5 b) „Letter Writing‟(2.2) and „Report Writing‟(3.2) and “Case studies based on Email Writing‟ (1.4) sections of the syllabus. 4. Questions related to the vocabulary (4.1 a and b) should focus on the appropriate usage of the words. FORMAT OF QUESTION PAPER FOR EXTERNAL EXAM. Question Unit Remarks Marks Q.1 A 1.1,1.2,1.3 Short notes not exceeding 150 words and 3- 4 marks 07 Q.1 B 1.4,1.5 Memo drafting and case studies of email (excluding theory based questions) 07 Q.2A 2.2 Letter drafting 07 Q2 B 2.2 Letter drafting 07 Q.3 A 3.2 Report drafting 07 Q.3 B 3.2 Report drafting 07 Q.4 A 4.1(a) (b) Vocabulary: focus on appropriate usage of the words 03, 04 Q.4 B 4.2 Comprehension of an unseen commercial package 07 Q.5 1 (full 14 unit),2.1,3.1,4. 1 5. Topics for Assignments : 1. Case Studies from the above Letters to check their effectiveness. (Unit 1 and 2) 2. Case Studies from the above Memos/ Reports to check their effectiveness. (Unit 1 and 3) 3. SWOT Analysis of a Business Personality/Unit 4. Contextual usage of confusing words given in the list. 5. Comparison of memos and office orders. 6. Suggested Topics for Seminar: 1. The Impact of technological advancements on communication. 2. Use of formal and informal language in written communication. 3. Aids to correct writing
  • 34. 34 4. Drafting Advertisements 5. Communication Games 7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: 1. Kumar, Sanjay and Pusplata, Business Communication, New Delhi: Oxford Higher Education, 2010 Pal, 2. Rajendra and Kolrahalli, Essentials of Business Communication, New Delhi: Sultan Chand Publication, 2005 3. Chaturvedi, P D and Mukesh Chaturvedi. Business Communication: Concepts, Cases and Applications. New Delhi: Pearson Education, 2004. 4. Haldar, Ritwik. A Textbook of Business Communication. Mumbai: Himalaya Pub, 2011. 5. Jain, V K, and Omprakash Biyani. Business Communication. New Delhi: S Chand, 2007. 6. Koneru, Aruna. Professional Communication. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010. 7. Lesikar, Raymond and Marie Flately. Basic Business Communication. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill. 2002. 8. Pathi Satyanarayan. Modern Business Communication. New Delhi. Himalaya Publication. 2008. 9. Rai, Urmila. Managerial Communication. New Dellhi: Himalaya Publication. 2007. 10. Raina, Roshan Lal, Iftikhar Alam and Faiza Siddiqui. Professional Communication. Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House, 2012. 11. Raman, Meenakshi and Sangeeta Sharma. Communication Skills. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2010. 12. Raman, Meenakshi and Sangeeta Sharma. Technical Communication-Principles and Practice. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2011. 13. Ramachandra, K K, Lakshmi K K etal. Business Communicaiton. Chennai : MacMillan Publication, 2007. 14. O‟Hair, Dan, Gustav Friedrich and Lynda Dixon. Strategic Communication: In Business and the professions. New Delhi: Pearson Education, 2008. List of Confusing Words 1. Access: approach Example: The managing Director of the company is easy of access. Excess: More than Example: Our profits are far in excess of what we expected. 2. Adapt: to adjust Example: We shall have to adapt this technology to Indian conditions. Adopt: to take up Example: We should not adopt unfair means even if we fail. Adept: skilled Example: Those who are adept in the art of flattery make rapid progress in life. 3. Advise (Verb): give advice, recommend Example: They advised us to postpone the launching of our new product. Advice (Noun): recommendation on how to work.
  • 35. 35 Example: If we had followed his advice, we should not have incurred such a heavy loss. 4. Affect: (1) to pretend Example: The peon affected ignorance of the whole affair. (2) Produce material effect: Example: Hard work affected his health. Effect(Noun): result Example: The new policy did not produce any noticeable effect on the sales. Effect (Verb): to produce Examples are given only so that students can understand the terms better. Students can use other examples in the examination. Example: I have effected the necessary changes in the schedule. 5. Alternate: leaving one and taking the next Example: I visit the market on alternate days. Alternative: other choice Example: We have no alternative but to appoint this candidate. 6. Appraise: to estimate, to judge Example: It is difficult to appraise the work of the secretary at this stage. Apprise: to inform Example: The manager has been apprised of the whole situation. 7. Casual: incidental Example: The Director made a casual reference to the diversification plans. Causal: denoting cause Example: You must give me in detail all the causal factors. 8. Cite: to quote Example: He cited my examples to support his arguments. Sight: view, vision Example: The sight of the new factory filled his heart with happiness. Site: place for building Example: This site is very suitable for a chemical factory. 9. Compliment: an expression of regard Example: I paid him compliments on his fine handlings of the office work. Complement: that which completes Example: A good secretary complements the work of the chairman. 10. Council: advisory or administrative body Example: The Prime Minister will consult the Council of Ministers before taking the final decision. Counsel: advice Example: I am grateful to you for this valuable counsel. 11. Credible: believable Example: I don‟t find the statement of the cashier credible. Creditable: worthy of credit Example: Our company‟s performance this year is quite creditable. 12. Deny: Declare untrue or non-existent Example: They denied having received any letter from us. Refuse: indicate unwillingness or inability Example: The chairperson refused to sanction the payment. 13. Dependant: one who depends on another for his maintenance Example: He left sufficient money for the dependants. Dependent: relying on
  • 36. 36 Example: Most of the farmers are still dependent on rain. 14. Deprecate: to disapprove strongly Example: His father deprecated his proposal of setting up independent business. Depreciate: to go down Example: The cost of money is depreciated. 15. Device (noun): thing made for special purpose Example: The new device will cut down the cost of production considerably. Devise (Verb): carefully plan or invent Example: I have devised a new strategy to increase efficiency in the office. 16. Emigrant: one who leaves his country to live in another Example: The owner of this farmhouse is an emigrant from England. Immigrant: one who comes to live in a foreign country Example: In England, the immigrants do not enjoy the same rights as the British. 17. Equitable: fair, just Example: There ought to be equitable distribution of work among all members. Equable: uniform Example: The climate of Bombay is equable. 18. Expedient: desirable, advisable Example: It is not expedient for you to see the chairperson at this moment. Expeditious: quick Example: Expeditious steps should be taken to increase the output. 19. Honorary: holding an office without receiving a pay Example: Mr. Gupta is an honorary member of our society. Honourable: worthy of honour Example: Many honourable Members of Parliament were present on this occasion. 20. Industrial: relating to industry Example: Discuss the prominent features of the new industrial policy. Industrious: hardworking Example: Being industrious, she has secured a high first division. 21. Judicial: pertaining to law Example: This is my decision in my judicial capacity. Judicious: wise Example: We should be judicious in choosing our profession. 22. Later: comparative degree of „late‟ Example: She reached the office later than I. Latter: coming after (refers to position) Example: Sudha and Madhu are the two secretaries. The latter is the more dynamic of the two. 23. Loose: not tight/free from bonds or restraint Example: This shirt is too loose for me. Lose: be deprived or cease to have Example: You are sure to lose in this bargain. 24. Necessaries: Things without which life is not possible, such as food, clothing and shelter Example: the necessaries of life should be available at low prices Necessities: Pressing needs Example: One should not adopt unfair means to fulfil the necessities of life.
  • 37. 37 25. Negligent: careless Example: Members found negligent will be taken to task. Negligible: Very little Example: There was a negligible rise in the profits. 26. Official: connected with the office Example: The manager has gone on an official tour. Officious: meddlesome Example: I get irritated at his officious manners. 27. Persecute: to oppress Example: Jews were persecuted by Hitler. Prosecute: to initiate legal proceedings against Example: Trespassers will be prosecuted. 28. Personnel: persons employed in any service Example: This office employs highly educated and cultured personnel. Personal: private Example: Personal matters should not be discussed in the office. 29. Practical: opposed to theoretical Example: Your plan is attractive but there will be some practical problems. Practicable: that which can be translated into action Example: Your plan is attractive but not practicable. 30. Precede: to go before Example: Duty should precede everything else. Proceed: to go on Example: The inspection committee is proceeding to Mumbai tomorrow. List of Inflated Words and their substitutes: No Inflated phrases Suggested substitute 1 Accomplish Do 2 Accordingly So 3 Acquire Get 4 along the lines of Like 5 a decreased number of fewer 6 a large number of Many 7 a large proportion of Much 8 at a rapid rate rapidly 9 at some future time Later 10 at present time, at this point of Now time 11 bring about Cause 12 call for your attention remind you 13 come to the conclusion conclude
  • 38. 38 14 combined together combine 15 Commence Begin 16 due to the fact that because 17 except in a small number of cases usually 18 for the purpose of For 19 have the appearance of look like 20 in view of the fact that As 21 in accordance with by, under 22 in the interest of For 23 in this case Here 24 in the vicinity of Near 25 in several instances Often 26 owing to the fact that because, since 27 prior to the time that before 28 personally speaking I think 29 under circumstances in which If 30 with the result that So
  • 39. 39 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-III CC302: Introduction to Marketing Management Introduction: The field of management has undergone a sea change and has today assumed a form of a profession with a well-defined body of knowledge. This knowledge is continuously evolving and newer trends are constantly emerging. Now it has become utmost necessary for everyone to have knowledge of this field. 1. Objective: This subject is designed to provide a basic understanding of the subject of marketing management to the students. What marketing management is? How it has evolved during the time? What can be marketed and How it can be marketed? The second part of the same subject (offered in the fourth semester) will throw light on the variables of marketing mix and the marketing strategies related to it. 2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics, managing change towards organizational effectiveness. 3. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 4. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Introduction to Marketing: A) Scope and Importance B) Core Marketing Concepts C) Marketing as a Function D) Marketing Orientations or Concepts E) Difference between Selling & Marketing F) Marketing Process G) Marketing Mix - Developing the Marketing Mix - The Role of Marketing Mix in Marketing Planning and Marketing Strategy - Choosing the Optimum Marketing Mix 25% 2 Market Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning A) What is Market Segmentation? B) Benefits of Segmentation C) Bases of Segmentation D) Target Marketing 25%
  • 40. 40 - Positioning 3 Buyer Behaviour and Marketing Research - What is Buyer Behaviour? - Meaning and Importance - Buyer Behaviour Models - Buying Characteristics Influencing Consumer Behaviour - Buyer Decision Making Process (including Buying Roles and Types of Buyer Behaviour) - Factors Influencing Organizational Buyers 25% 4 Marketing Research and Marketing Information Systems: A) Definition of Marketing Research B) Objectives and Importance of Marketing Research C) Process of Marketing Research D) Applications of Marketing Research E) Limitations of Marketing Research F) Introduction of MkIS G) Components of a MkIS 25% 5. Topics for Assignments : 1. Ten entities that can be marketed. 2. Difference between product and service. 3. Holistic Marketing Concept. 4. Bases of Segmentation for the following products: Books, Shoes, Mangal sutra, Broom, Printer, Cosmetic Lenses, Ready made Furniture (Full Bed Room Set) and Pen drive. 6. Suggested Topics for Seminar: 1. Consumer buying behaviour for consumer durables, two wheelers and digital products. (Any two products) 2. Societal marketing by local/state/central government of India. 3. Product line and product mix of any one company. 4. Target market of any 3 companies in/for last 5 years. 7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: 1. Marketing Management; Dr. K.Karunakaran, Himalaya Publishing House, 2009 Edition. 2. Marketing Management, 13 th Edition: A South Asian Perspective, Abraham Koshy and Mithileshwar Jha, Philip Kotler and Kevin Keller. 3. Marketing Management, Rajan Saxena, 4 th Edition, Tata-Mcgraw Hill. 4. Marketing Management – Global perspective, V S Ramaswamy and S Namakumari, Indian context; 4 th Edition Macmillan Publishers India Ltd.
  • 41. 41 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 42. 42 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-III CC303: Company Account (Paper-I) 1. Objective: The objective of the paper is to familiarize the students in respect of various legal provisions for preparation and presentation as per the Indian Companies Act, 1956 and the prevailing accounting standards. The course also exposes to students contemporary issues in Accounting. 2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics, managing change towards organizational effectiveness. 3. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 4. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 (A) Issue of Bonus shares -Meaning, Sources and Guidelines for the issue of Bonus Shares, Accounting treatment for the issue of bonus shares. (B) Share split- subdivision of shares and conversion of shares into Stock Buyback of share :Meaning Legal provisions for buyback of shares, SEBI guidelines for buyback, accounting treatment for buyback (c) Employee Stock Option Scheme: Meaning Employee Stock Purchase Scheme (Theory only) 25% 2 Final Accounts of Companies : ( Vertical Format Only – Excluding calculation of managerial remuneration. 25% 3 Amalgamation and Absorption: Accounting for Mergers and Acquisitions (As per Indian Accounting Standard – 14) Purchase method and pooling of interest method (excluding Inter- Company holding) 25% 4 (A) Human Resource Accounting : Meaning, Objectives, Benefits and Limitations, Methods of Valuation (Only theory) - Historical Cost, Replacement Cost, Opportunity Cost, Standard Cost and Present Value Method. (B) Inflation Accounting: Meaning, Approaches to Inflation Accounting(Theory Only). (C) Recent developments in Accounting: Environmental accounting – Meaning and Significance, An Overview of Corporate Environmental reporting in India.; Forensic accounting – Meaning, Role of Forensic Accountant. 25%
  • 43. 43 5. Topics for Assignments : 1. Lean Accounting- Meaning and Objectives. 2. Social Accounting – Meaning and Approaches to Social Accounting 3. Right Issue – Concept and advantages. 4. Company Liquidation – Meaning, modes and consequences. 5. Brand Accounting. 6. Inter Firm Comparison – Meaning, Pre-requisites, advantages and limitations. 7. Auditing – Meaning, Objectives, Types of Audit, Qualities of an auditor, qualifications of an auditor, Status of an auditor 6. Suggested Topics for Seminar: 1. Foreign Exchange Accounting. 2. Accounting Standards - AS – 3 & AS – 6. 3. Deferred Tax Liability and Deferred Tax Asset. 4. Earnings per Share. 5. Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) 7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: 1. Corporate Accounting 5th Edition by Dr. S.N.Maheshwari & Dr. S.K. Maheshwari Vikas Publishing House. 2. Advanced Accountancy – II (Corporate Accounting), 18th Edition by S.P.Jain & K. N Narang , Kalyani Publication. 3. Financial Accounting – Principles & Practices by Jawaharlal and Seema Srivastava. S.Chand Publication. 4. Corporate Accounting – by A. Muklherjee & M. Hanif – Tata Mcgraw Hill. 5. Financial Accounting for Management (An Analytical Perspective) 3 rd Edition by Ambrish Gupta - Pearson Publication. 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 44. 44 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-III CC304: Managerial Economics (Paper-I) 1. Objective: To Familiarize the students with concepts and analytical tools in Managerial Economics applied in a variety of day-to-day business situations. 2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics, managing change towards organizational effectiveness. 3. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 4. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION (3) : Definition of Managerial Economics.The nature and scope of Managerial Economics Relationship of Managerial Economics with other disciplines. (Mathematics, economics, statistics) CHAPTER 2: DEMAND DISTINCTION (2) : Producers‟ Demand and Consumers‟ Demand Demand for Durable goods and Non durable goods. Firms‟ Demand and Industries‟ Demand. Short run Demand and Long run Demand. Derived Demand and Autonomous Demand. Sect oral Demand and Market Demand. CHAPTER 3: DEMAND FORECASTING (5): Definition and Importance of demand forecasting. Methods of Demand Forecasting. 25% 2 CHAPTER 4: THE THEORY OF CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR. (10) : Definition of Indifference Curve. Marginal Rate Of Substitution. Law of diminishing marginal rate of substitution. Characteristics of Indifference curve. Budget Constraint/ Price-line /Income- expenditure line. Consumer‟s equilibrium with ordinal approach. Income Effect Substitution Effect (slutsky equation) Price Effect (only for normal goods) Price Consumption Curve.(Different shapes of PCC, Derivation of demand curve with the help if PCC) Consumer‟s surplus with ordinal approach. 25% 3 CHAPTER 5: ELASTICITY OF DEMAND (10) : Concept of Income Elasticity, degrees of income elasticity and factors affecting Income Elasticity. Concept of Price Elasticity, degrees of 25%
  • 45. 45 price elasticity, factors affecting price elasticity and its application Methods of measuring price elasticity. 1. Percentage Method, 2. Total Outlay Method, 3.Point Elasticity Method. 4 CHAPTER 6: THEORY OF PRODUCTION FUNCTION (5) : Concept of Production function. Total, Average and Marginal Productivity. Isoquants and Iso-cost line. (Concept, Characteristics, MRTS) Returns to Scale. Law of variable Proportion. CHAPTER 7: COST OF PRODUCTION AND COST CURVES (5)(THEORY OF COSTS) : Concept of Cost a. Accounting Cost Vs. Economic Cost. b. Money Cost Vs. Real Cost. c. Private and Social costs. d. Fixed Cost Vs. Variable Cost. e. Opportunity Cost. f. Sunk Cost. Cost of Production in the Short Run a Fixed cost, Variable cost, and Total cost. b.Average Fixed cost, Average Variable cost, and Marginal cost c. Relationship between Marginal Cost and Average cost. Cost of Production in the Long run. a.Long run marginal cost (LMC) and Long run Average cost (LAC) b. Relation between LMC and LAC 25% 5. Topics for Assignments : 1. Types of Demand 2. Law of Variable Proportion 3. Short run cost concepts 4. Features of Indifference curve 6. Suggested Topics for Seminar: (1) Application of Price Elasticity (2) Applicability of concept of Consumer‟s Surplus (3) Relationship between Managerial Economics and other Discipline 7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: 1. Managerial Economics By D.M.Mithani 2. Managerial Economics By P. L. Mehta. 3. Micro Economic Theory By H.L. Ahuja. 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
  • 46. 46 Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 47. 47 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-III CC305: Fundamental of Financial Management 1. Objective: To familiarize students with the concepts, tools and practices of financial management. ; To understand the decisions to be taken by financial managers of business firms. 2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics, managing change towards organizational effectiveness. 3. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 4. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Finance Function: Meaning, Scope, Classification of functions (Long term-short term; Executive-Routine). Organisation of Finance Function (status and duties of a Financial manager : Treasurer and Controller). Objectives/Goals of Financial Management. Time Value of Money: Concept and numerical of Compounding and Discounting including annuity (excluding valuation of securities). 25% 2 Management of working capital: Concept, Types, Factors affecting working capital needs, Operating cycle approach, Dangers of excessive and inadequate working capital. Cash Management: Meaning, Motives of holding cash, Functions/objectives of cash management, Cash budget (with numericals). Inventory Management: Meaning, Objectives of holding inventory, Factors affecting inventory, Techniques of inventory management :(1) EOQ (with numericals including discount concept), ABC Analysis(without numericals) (2) Reorder point (without numericals), Recievables Management: Meaning, Cost and benefits, size of of receivables, optimum credit policy and credit policy variables, (only simple numericals of receivables are expected.) 25% 3 Leverage: (numerical and theory) Operating leverage: Meaning, degree and effects of operating leverage on profits. Financial 25%
  • 48. 48 leverage: Meaning and degree Trading on equity: Meaning, benefits and risks (including EBIT-EPS analysis) Combined leverage. Concept and numerical on : (a) Financial Break-Even, (b)Indifference point. 4 Capital budgeting : A) Meaning and significance fo captial budgeting, Types of capital budgeting decisions. ; b)Techniques: (Meaning, Accept-Reject criterion, Advantages and Disadvantages, comparison and numerical based on each method.) 1) Payback period; 2) Average Rate of Return; 3) Net present value; 4) Profitability Index; 5) Internal Rate of Return . 25% 5. Topics for Assignments : 1. Introduction to Contemporary issues like: JIT systems, Out sourcing, Computerised inventory control system. 2. Techniques of controlling inflows and outflows in modern times. 3. Captial Rationing and its relevance in capital budgeting decisions. 4. Capital Structure: Meaning and Features of an ideal capital structure. 5. Relationship of finance with economics, accounts and other disciplines 6. Suggested Topics for Seminar: 1. Managment of working capital in India. 2. Emerging role of finance managers in India. 3. Effect of high and low operating and financial leverage for a business. 4. ABC analysis of debtors 7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: 1. Financial Management-Principles and Practice: C.Sudarsana Reddy, Himalaya Publishing House. 2. Financial Management: Text, Problems and cases: M.Y.Khan and P.K.Jain :Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd. 3. Financial Management P.V. Kulkarni and B.G. Satyaprasad. 4. Essentials of Financial Management: I.M.Pandey, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 5. Financial Management : Prasanna Chandra. 6. Financial Management : Dr. V.k. Palanivelu, S. Chand. 7. Financial Management : Sheeba Kapil, Pearson. 8. Financial Management : Rajiv Srivastav and Anil Mishra, Oxford university press. 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10%
  • 49. 49 Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 50. 50 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-III CC306: Basic Human Resource Management Introduction: Any organization is made up of four basic resources – Men, Material, Money and Machinery. It is people that make use of non-human resources and hence are considered most significant resources in an organization. Better educated, more skilled and well aware of their interest are few distinguishing characteristics of modern human resources. Human resource management is an art of managing human capital in such manner that they give best to the organization. 1. Objective: To impart the fundamentals of Human Resource Management to the students. ; To introduce HRM as an integral managerial function while focusing on pre-procurement, procurement and development of human resources. 2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics, managing change towards organizational effectiveness. 3. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 4. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Introduction : Definition, Scope and Objectives of HRM Pre-Procurement : Human Resource Planning: Definition of HRP; Process (including demand forecasting methods – managerial judgement, work study, ratio-trend analysis and Delphi technique)and supply forecasting methods (management inventory , skill inventory, inflows and outflows , turnover rate, conditions of work and absenteeism) Job Analysis: Meaning of Job analysis, Process of job analysis(including methods of data collection – interview, questionnaire, observation ,checklist, diary, technical conference. 25% 2 Procurement : Recruitment : Definition and process of recruitment. Selection : Definition ; Types of selection tests ( in detail ) – personality, interest, graphology, medical, ability, aptitude, psychomotor, polygraph test ; Factors to be considered while 25%
  • 51. 51 choosing selection test- reliability, validity, objectivity and standardization. Meaning of interview, types of interviews ( in detail )- one to one , sequential , panel , structured, unstructured, mixed, behavioral, stress. Common interview problem, interview do‟s and don‟ts. Orientation : Meaning , types of orientation programmes – formal and informal, individual and collective, serial and disjunctive, investiture and divestiture. 3 Development : Job Design : Definition , Methods of job design- work simplification, job rotation, job enrichment, job enlargement , autonomous or self directed team , high performance work team. Development : Definition of development , need and objective of development, methods of development – understudy assignment, committee assignment, transaction analysis, organization development, role play, in basket exercise. Career planning : Concept of career, career planning and succession planning, career stages – Exploration , Establishment, Mid-career, Late career and Decline. 25% 4 Evaluating and Rewarding Employees: Performance Appraisal : Definition and Importance of Performance Appraisal, Methods of Performance Appraisal ( 360 degree feedback, MBO, Critical Incident, Forced choice and rating scale method ) , problems/errors in P.A. – Spillover Effect, leniency effect, halo effect, primacy and recency effect , central tendency, status effect. Definition of job evaluation, importance of job evaluation, difference between performance appraisal and job evaluation. Promotion, Transfer and Separation : Promotion : Definition , Types – vertical , horizontal , dry; Principles of promotion including bases of promotion – Seniority , Merit or both. Transfer : Definition , Types- Production, Replacement, Versatility, Shift, Remedial. Separation: Definition , Types – Layoff, retrenchment, dismissal, resignation, V.R.S. 25% 5. Topics for Assignments : 1 Difference between HRM and Personnel Management 2) Qualities of HR Manger 3) Difference between education, learning, training and development. 4) Evolution of H.R.M. 6. Suggested Topics for Seminar: 1. Principles of effective orientation programme.
  • 52. 52 2. Job Description and Job specification 3. Performance Appraisal methods (Psychological appraisal, Assessment centre) 4. Methods of Job Evaluation 5. Functions of Human Resource Management 7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: 1. Human Resource and Personnel Management – Text and Cases; K.Aswathappa; Tata McGraw Hill ; 4 rd Edition. OR Latest Edition. 2. Personnel Management and Industrial Relations; N.G.Nair and Latha Nair ; S. Chand ; 1 st Edition reprinted in 2004. [ Particularly for Section I, Topic 4, Career planning and development ] 3. Human Resource Management – Text and Cases;S.S.Khanka; S. Chand; 1 st Edition reprinted in 2009. 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 53. 53 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-III CC307: Elementary Statistics Introduction: The student will understand the basic statistical concepts and terminology involved in Probability, Correlation & Regression, Probability Distribution and Statistical Quality Control. The course focuses on how to interpret and solve business -related word problems and to develop simple Statistical models from a business perspective. 1. Objective: To create a better understanding of Statistical concepts in solving business and commerce related problems. The course serves as a good foundation for further study in management, accounting marketing and finance. 2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics, managing change towards organizational effectiveness. 3. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 4. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 1. Probability 1.1 Basic Concepts : Random Experiment , Events , Sample Space, Mutually Exclusive Events, Equally Likely Events, Independent Events , Dependent Events 1.2 Definition of probability of an Event, Statistical or Empirical definition of probability, Axiomatic or Modern approach to probability 1.3 Conditional Probability 1.4 Addition and Multiplication Rules of Probability (without proof) 1.5 Baye‟s Rule (without proof) 1.6 Applications 2. Mathematical Expectation 2.1 Definition of Random Variable 2.2 Discrete Random Variables and Continuous Random Variables 2.3 Meaning of Probability Distribution 2.4 Discrete Probability Distributions 2.5 Probability Mass Function 2.6 Expected Value of Discrete Random Variable and its properties (without proof) 2.7 Variance of Discrete Random Variable and its properties 25%
  • 54. 54 (without proof) 2.8 Application 2 Probability Distributions: Discrete 1.1 Binomial Distribution: Necessary conditions, Binomial Distribution Function and its properties, Applications 1.2 Poisson Distribution: Necessary conditions, Poisson Distribution Function and its properties, Applications 1.3 Hyper Geometric Distribution: Necessary conditions, Hyper Geometric Distribution Function and its properties, Applications. 25% 3 1.Correlation 1.1 Definition, Meaning and interpretation, Properties, Importance of correlation 1.2 Correlation Coefficient 1.3 Types of Correlation 1.4 Scatter Diagram Method and its limitations 1.5 Karl Pearson‟s Product Moment Method : Assumptions, Merits and Demerits 1.6 Spearman‟s Rank Correlation and its uses 1.7 Coefficient of Determination and its interpretation 1.8 Probable Error 1.9 Applications 2. Regression 2.1 Meaning and importance of regression 2.2 Regression Lines and Regression Coefficients, properties and their uses 2.3 Equations of Regression Lines 2.4 Difference between Regression & Correlation 2.5 Applications 3. Multiple-Partial Correlation and Regression 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Multiple correlation: meaning, multiple correlation coefficients 3.3 Partial correlation: meaning, multiple correlation coefficients 3.4 Multiple Regression Equation of three variables only 3.5 Applications 25% 4 1.Statistical Quality Control (SQC) 1.1 Concepts of Quality, Quality Control and Statistical Quality Control 1.2 Causes of Variation in Quality 1.3 Meaning, uses and advantages of SQC 1.4 Theory of Control Charts, Theory of Runs 1.5 3σ control limits and Revised Control Limits 1.6 Types of Control Charts 1.7 Control Charts for Variables ( X and R Charts) and their interpretations 1.8 Control Charts for Attributes ( p, np and C Charts) and their interpretations 25%
  • 55. 55 2. Acceptance Sampling 2.1 Acceptance Sampling: Meaning and advantages 2.2 Single Sampling Plan (SSP) : Concept, Advantages and disadvantages, AQL, LTPD, Producer‟s risk, Consumer‟s risk, OC function and OC curve, AOQ, ATI, ASN, Applications 2.3 Double Sampling Plan: Meaning 5. Topics for Assignments : 1. 1 Assignments on Probability and Mathematical Expectation 2. Assignments on Correlation, Regression and Multiple-Partial correlation and regression . 3. Assignments on Probability Discrete Distribution . 4. Assignments on SQC and Acceptance Sampling 6. Suggested Topics for Seminar: 1. Prepare a project on application of simple and multiple correlation and regression in real life 2. Prepare a project on application of probability and mathematical expectation in real life 7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: 1. Fundamental Mathematical Statistics by S. C. Gupta & V. K. Kapoor 2. Statistical Methods by S. P. Gupta 3. Statistical Methods by P. N. Arora, Sumeet Arora & S. Arora 4. Business Statistics by J. K. Sharma 5. Statistics for Management by Levin & Rubin Statistics for Business and Economics by Anderson, Sweeney & Williams 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 56. 56 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-IV CC401: Indian Financial System 1. Objective: To enable the students to acquire basic understanding of the structure, organization and functioning of the Financial System in India. The course also aims at exposing the students to new financial instruments and their implications in the existing regulatory framework. 2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics, managing change towards organizational effectiveness. 3. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 4. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Introduction : (a) Financial system : Meaning, role and functions of a financial system, Organised and unorganised financial sytem. (b) Components: Financial Assets, Financial Intermediaries, Financial Markets (money and capital markets in India) Relevance of various interest/return rates, Regulatory framework, Financial Instruments (in brief). 25% 2 Financial institutions and regulatory bodies: Financial Institutions: Achievements and Limitations. (a) Money market institutions: Meaning, Role of the Central Bank(RBI) in money markets. Commercial banks: Meaning and Functions Indigenous Financial Agencies: Bankers, Money lenders, Discount houses, Accepting houses(only meaning and features) (b) Capital Market institutions: (Meaning and functions) Merchant Banks, Investment companies, Management Investment companies, Development banks, Mutual Funds. (c) Special Financial Institutions: Factors for their growth (need) Objectives and functions of: (1) IDBI (2) IFCI (3) SFCs (4) ICICI (5) EXIM Bank of India (d)Coperative Banking Institutions: Meaning, definition, principles, Features and Structure. (e) Non-Banking Finance Companies: Meaning, Role, Types of 25%
  • 57. 57 NBFC services, Reclassification of NBFCs. (f) SEBI: Introduction to SEBI ACT 1992, Main Functions of the Board. 3 Financial Markets in India: (a) Capital Markets: Meaning, Role and importance, Development initiatives and reforms (in brief). Composition: Primary-Secondary I. Primary Markets: Meaning, instruments, New Issue Market:Features, objectives and functions, Constituents or players, Problems and Recent Developments including the concept of book building. Modes of procuring long term funds: Public issue, Rights issue, Bonus issue, Private placement. II. Secondary Markets.: Meaning, Functions of the stock exchange, Benefits to the community-investors-companies, Listing of securities and its benefits, Stock market indices, Types of dealings, types of securities traded on the Indian stock exchanges, Comparison of the three exchanges (BSE, NSE, OTCEI) (b) Money Markets: Meaning, features of organized and unorganised money markets Instruments: Treasury Bills, Certificate of Deposits, Commercial Paper, Call, money Commerical bills, Inter-corporate deposits, Inter-bank participation certificates. 25% 4 Financial services: 1. Venture Capital Financing: Meaning, Steps in VCF, Methods of VCF, Disinvestment mechanism, VCF in India. 2. Factoring: Meaning, Types, costs and benefits of factoring, difference between factoring and For faiting. 3. Leasing: Meaning, Definition, advantages to lessor and lessee, types of leases (operating, finance, leveraged, sales and lease- back, leveraged and cross-border.) 4. Underwriting: Meaning and benefits 5. Credit Rating Agencies: Meaning and role of such agencies. A brief idea about : CRISIL, CARE ICRA. 6. Others: A brief idea about : NSDL, STCI. 25% 5. Topics for Assignments : 1. Modern Financing instruments including Hybrid instruments 2. Major issues in the Indian Financial System. 3. Role of NABARD ,DFHIL, SIDBI. 4. Resource mobilisation from international markets. 5. Special Financial Institutions: LIC, UTI
  • 58. 58 6. Suggested Topics for Seminar: 1. Reforms in Indian Capital Markets and their impact. 2. Stock exchange operations - an overview. 3. Role of Credit Rating Agencies and their limitations. 4. Micro-financing in India. 5. Reforms in Banking sector. 6. Capital Market Scams. 7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: 1. The Indian financial system and Development- Vasant Desai, Himalaya Publishing House. 2. Financial Markets and Institutions-Dr. S. Gurusamy,Tata McGraw Hill. 3. The Indian Financial System-Dr. Bharti Pathak, Pearson. 4. Indian Financial System-M.Y.Khan, Mc.Graw Hill 5. Financial Management-Prasanna Chandra, 6. Financial Management-P.V.Kulkarni and Satyaprasad 7. Financial Management- I.M.Pandey, Vikas Publishing House. 8. Financial Management- M.Y.Khan and P.K.Jain :Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd. 9. Financial Management-Principles and Practice: C.Sudarsana Reddy, Himalaya Publishing House. 10. Financial Management : Dr. V.k. Palanivelu, S. Chand. 11. Financial Management : Sheeba Kapil, Pearson. 12. Financial Services: Thummuluri Siddaiah, Pearson. 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 59. 59 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-IV CC402: Marketing Management Introduction: The field of management has undergone a sea change and has today assumed a form of a profession with a well-defined body of knowledge. This knowledge is continuously evolving and newer trends are constantly emerging. Now it has become utmost necessary for everyone to have knowledge of this field. 1. Objective: This subject is designed to provide a basic understanding of the subject of marketing management to the students. What marketing management is? How it has evolved during the time? What can be marketed and How it can be marketed? This part is the extension of the core course offered in semester III namely, “Introduction to Marketing”. Basics of marketing management have been introduced in the IIIrd semester and in this part; the marketing mix variables and the different strategies related to the variables are discussed. 2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics, managing change towards organizational effectiveness. 3. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 4. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Product Management Part-I (a) Product Decisions - Concepts of Products - Levels of Products - Classification of Products - Product Decisions (b) Individual Product Decision (branding, packaging, labeling, servicing) (c) Product Line Decisions (d) Product Mix Decisions Product Differentiation (e) The Concept of Product Life Cycle - The Product Life Cycle - Stages in PLC and Marketing Strategies (f) The New Product Development Process 25%
  • 60. 60 - Introduction – need for new products - The Product Development Process 2 Product Management Part-II AND Pricing Decisions : a. Brand Concepts: (Weightage 15%) - Brand Equity - Brand Strategy Decisions - Brand Re launch b. Pricing Decision and Strategies (Weightage 10%) - Objectives of Pricing - Factors Influencing Pricing Decisions - Pricing Strategies - Special Pricing Strategies 25% 3 Distribution Decisions: - Channels of Distribution - Role and Importance of Channels - Functions of Channels - Channel Levels - Types of Intermediaries and Number - Types of Retailing - Wholesaling - Vertical and Horizontal Marketing Systems - Multi-channel Marketing Systems 25% 4 Marketing Communications: - Integrated Marketing Communications - Advertising and Publicity - Developing Effective Advertising Programs - Difference between Advertising and Publicity - Sales Promotions a) Consumer Sales Promotion b) Trade Promotion - Public Relations - Personal Selling a) Steps in Personal Selling Process b) Sales Force Management c) Direct Marketing 25% 5. Topics for Assignments : 1. Brand Strategies of any one company. (b) Market position of a newly launched product or service in last one year. 2. Methods of sales forecasting. 3. A note on consumerism. 6. Suggested Topics for Seminar: 1. Distribution strategy of any one company. 2. Promotional tools (communication mix) adopted by any one company. 3. Comparative advertising strategies of any two companies. 4. Sales promotions offered by FMCG companies/brands (Minimum two companies/brands).
  • 61. 61 7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: 10. Marketing Management; Dr. K.Karunakaran, Himalaya Publishing House, 2009 Edition. 11. Marketing Management, 13 th Edition: A South Asian Perspective, Abraham Koshy and Mithileshwar Jha, Philip Kotler and Kevin Keller. 12. Marketing Management, Rajan Saxena, 4 th Edition, Tata-Mcgraw Hill. 13. Marketing Management – Global perspective, V S Ramaswamy and S Namakumari, Indian context; 4 th Edition Macmillan Publishers India Ltd. 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 62. 62 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-IV CC403: Corporate Financial Statement 1. Objective: The paper aims at enabling the students to develop knowledge and understanding of financial statement analysis; different tools and techniques of financial analysis and its practical application in the published financial reports of the companies. 2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics, managing change towards organizational effectiveness. 3. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 4. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 (A)Financial Statements – Meaning, types and Limitations. Meaning of Financial Statements Analysis, Meaning of various tools of Financial Analysis – Horizontal Analysis, Vertical Analysis Trend Analysis, Common Size Statement. (B)Ratio Analysis – Meaning and Functional Classification of ratios. (Profitability, Liquidity, Leverage, Turnover, Market Strength Analysis and Coverage), Calculation and Interpretation of Ratios from Balance Sheet and Income Statement 25% 2 Cash Flow Statement – Meaning, Preparation of Cash Flow Statements (As per AS. 3) Meaning of Fund flow statement. Difference between Fund flow statement and Cash flow statement. 25% 3 (A) Common Size statements – Meaning and Preparation of Common size Profit/Loss A/C and B/S. (B) Value Added statement – Meaning and Preparation of Value Added Statement. (C) Introduction to concept of Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) - 25% 4 (A) Understanding the Contents of Corporate Annual Reports: Balance Sheet ; Income Statement ; Cash flow Statement ; Significant Accounting Policies; Auditors Report; Directors Report; Management Discussion and Analysis; Notes to Accounts. (B)Corporate Financial Reporting – Meaning, Objectives of 25%
  • 63. 63 corporate financial reporting, Qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information. Window Dressing in corporate financial reporting, Creative Accounting/ Creative Financial Practices adopted in window dressing. (c) Specific Issues in Corporate Financial Reporting: (a) Segment reporting - Meaning and need (b) Interim reporting – Meaning and need. (c) Corporate Governance - Meaning. 5. Topics for Assignments : 1. Brand Strategies of any one company. (d) Market position of a newly launched product or service in last one year. 2. Methods of sales forecasting. 3. A note on consumerism. 6. Suggested Topics for Seminar: 1. Distribution strategy of any one company. 2. Promotional tools (communication mix) adopted by any one company. 3. Comparative advertising strategies of any two companies. 4. Sales promotions offered by FMCG companies/brands (Minimum two companies/brands). 7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: 1. Marketing Management; Dr. K.Karunakaran, Himalaya Publishing House, 2009 Edition. 2. Marketing Management, 13th Edition: A South Asian Perspective, Abraham Koshy and Mithileshwar Jha, Philip Kotler and Kevin Keller. 3. Marketing Management, Rajan Saxena, 4th Edition, Tata-Mcgraw Hill. 4. Marketing Management – Global perspective, V S Ramaswamy and S Namakumari, Indian context; 4th Edition Macmillan Publishers India Ltd. 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 64. 64 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-IV CC404: Managerial Economics (Paper-II) 1. Objective: The main objective is to develop decision making capacity in students. Managerial Economics can be viewed as an application of that part of micro economics that focuses on topics like demand, production, cost, pricing and market structure. Understanding these principle will help to develop a rational decision making. Managerial Economics sharpens the analytical framework that the executive must bring to bear on managerial decisions. In general Managerial Economics will help managers to ensure that resources are allocated efficiently within the firm and that the firm makes appropriate reaction to changes in the Economic Environment. 2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics, managing change towards organizational effectiveness. 3. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 4. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 PERFECT COMPETITION AND MONOPOLY : 1. Meaning and Characteristics of Perfect Competition. 2. AR, MR and Elasticity under Perfect Competition. 3. Short run equilibrium of the firm under PC 4. Long run equilibrium of the firm under PC. 5. Meaning and Characteristics of Monopoly. 6. AR, MR and Elasticity under Monopoly. 7. Short run Equilibrium under Monopoly. 8. Long run equilibrium under Monopoly. 25% 2 DISCRIMINATORY MONOPOLY : 1. When Price Discrimination is Possible, Profitable and Socially desirable with diagram. 2. Equilibrium of price discriminating monopolist. 3. Dumping Case under Monopoly MONOPOLISTIC COMPETITION : 1. Meaning and Characteristics of Monopolistic Competition. 2. AR, MR and Elasticity under Monopolistic Competition. 3. Short run equilibrium under Monopolistic competition. 4. Long run equilibrium under Monopolistic competition. 25%
  • 65. 65 5. Excess capacity and monopolistic competition. 3 OLIGOPOLY: 1. Meaning and characteristics of Oligopoly. 2. Collusive Oligopoly a. Cartels (Joint Profit Maximization Cartels and Market Sharing Cartels) b. Price leadership. (Low cost price leadership, barometric price leadership and dominant price leadership) 3. Non collusive Oligopoly a. Kinky Demand Curves b. Cournot‟s Model 25% 4 BREAK- EVEN ANALYSIS : 1. Assumption 2. Chart and formula method of calculating Break-even Analysis 3. Numerical. PRICING POLICY 1. Objectives 2. Different Methods of Pricing 25% 5. Topics for Assignments : 1. Features of Market 2. Collusive Oligopoly 3. Pricing Methods 4. Break Even Analysis 6. Suggested Topics for Seminar: 1. Dumping 2. Excess Capacity 3. Non- collusive oligopoly 4. Factors affecting pricing 7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: 1. Managerial Economics By D.M.Mithani 2. Managerial Economics By P. L. Mehta.3. 3. Micro Economic Theory By H.L. Ahuja. 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under:
  • 66. 66 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 67. 67 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-IV CC405: Human Resource Management Introduction : An understanding of Human Resource Management is important to employee employed in any organization. H.R. Managers must understand the scope and application of the personnel policies and practices of their organization to ensure optimum utilization of employees. The changing business environment is highly competitive and complex and makes it necessary to study these changes along with its impact on human resources within an organization. 1. Objective: To enable the students gain complete insight into various domains of Human Resource Management ; To introduce core and critical areas of HRM such as employee performance evaluation, compensation and incentives administration and benefits management. ; To offer an insight into the activities that foster employer – employee relationship. 2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics, managing change towards organizational effectiveness. 3. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 4. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Industrial Relations and Trade Union: 1. Industrial Relations: Definition, Objectives, Parties to Industrial relations. 2. Trade Union: Definition, Reasons for joining trade union, Problems of Trade union. 3. Industrial Dispute: Definition of Industrial Dispute, Reasons for disputes, Concept of Grievance and Grievance Procedure, Methods of solving dispute – Collective Bargaining, Conciliation, Arbitration and Adjudication (last 3 methods in brief ) 25% 2 Employee Compensation: 1. Employee and Executive Remuneration: Definition of remuneration , Components of employee and executive remuneration , Reasons for higher remuneration to executives. 25%
  • 68. 68 2. Incentives : Meaning , Importance of Incentive and limitations , Methods of Incentives – Taylor, Merrick, Emerson and Gantt (both theory and practical) 3 Maintenance: 1. Fringe Benefits: Definition, types and principles of fringe benefits. 2. Employee Welfare: Definition, types of welfare measures. (intramural and extra mural), Approaches to employee welfare. 3. Safety and Health : Concept of industrial safety and health, safety program and policy, Causes of industrial accidents – man made and mechanical, Aids , Violence and noise control ; How to handle accidents; Stress - meaning, Reasons / Sources of stress. 25% 4 Integration: 1. Workers Participation in Management : Definition , Meaning and Importance , Scope of participation ( including Board level participation , ownership participation , staff or work council , Quality circles , TQM , Financial participation , Joint council and committees ) , Limitations of participation. 2. HR challenges (brief knowledge of outsourcing , B.P.O. ,call centres, work life balance , ethical issues and diversity) 3. HRaudit: meaning, benefits, scope- audit of HR functions ,audit of managerial compliance , audit of HR climate ,audit of corporate strategy. 25% 5. Topics for Assignments : 1. Trade Union Power Tactics. 2. Various Occupational Hazards. 3. Approaches to Industrial Relations. 4. Evolution of Trade Union. 6. Suggested Topics for Seminar: 1. Concept of Wages. 2. Absenteeism and Turnover. 3. Human Resource Information System. 4. Strategies for handling stress. 5. Objectives of Employee Welfare. 7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: 1. Human Resource and Personnel Management – Text and Cases; K.Aswathappa; Tata McGraw Hill ; 4 rd Edition. OR Latest Edition. 2. Personnel Management and Industrial Relations; N.G.Nair and Latha Nair ; S. Chand ; 1 st Edition reprinted in 2004. [ Particularly for Section I, Topic 4, Career planning and development ] 3. Human Resource Management – Text and Cases;S.S.Khanka; S. Chand; 1 st Edition reprinted in 2009.
  • 69. 69 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 70. 70 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-IV CC406: Business State Introduction: The student will understand the basic statistical concepts and terminology involved in sampling methods, normal distribution, statistical inference. The course focuses on how to interpret and solve business-related word problems and to develop simple Statistical models from a business perspective. 1. Objective: To create a better understanding of Statistical concepts in solving business and commerce related problems. The course serves as a good foundation for further study in management, accounting ,marketing and finance. 2. Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics, managing change towards organizational effectiveness. 3. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 4. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 1.Sampling Methods 1.1 Basic concepts of Population and Sample 1.2 Population inquiry, Sample Inquiry 1.3 Characteristics of a good sample 1.4 Sampling: Meaning, Merits and Demerits of Sampling 1.5 Types of Sampling (i) Simple Random sampling (with and without replacement method): Sampling Method, properties, advantages and disadvantages (ii) Stratified Random Sampling: Sampling Method, properties, advantages and disadvantages, determination of sample size under proportional allocation and optimum allocation 25%
  • 71. 71 2.Normal Distribution 2.1 Continuous Probability Distribution, Probability Density Function 2.2 Normal Distribution: Necessary conditions, Normal Distribution Function and its properties, Applications 2 1.Testing of Hypothesis: Large Sample Tests 1.1 Basic concepts: Hypothesis, Null Hypothesis, Alternative Hypothesis, Statistic, Parameter, Sampling Distribution, Standard Error, Type I and Type II errors, Level of Significance, Acceptance Region, Critical Region 1.2 Testing of Hypothesis, Testing Procedure 1.3 Large Sample Tests (i) Test for Variables: Test of mean, Test of difference between two means, Test of difference between two standard deviations (ii) Test for Attributes: Test of proportion, Test of difference between two proportions 1.4 Estimation of Confidence Interval and Determination of optimum sample size . 25% 3 1.Testing of Hypothesis: Small Sample Tests 1.1 Degree of Freedom 1.2 t Test: Test of Mean, Test of difference between two means, Paired t test 1.3 F Test : Test of difference between two variances, Application of F test in ANOVA (One way and Two way) 25% 4 1.Chi Square Test 1.1 Test of Independence 1.2 Test of Goodness of Fit 1.3 Test for Population Variance 2.Non Parametric Test 2.1 advantages and disadvantages of non-parametric tests 2.2 Uses of non-parametric tests (a) Types of non-parametric tests (b) The one sample Sign test (c) The one sample Runs Test (d) Mann-Whitney U Test 25% 5. Topics for Assignments : 1. Assignments on Decision theory and sampling methods 2. Assignments on Normal Distribution and Large Sample Tests 3. Assignments on Small Sample Tests 4. Assignments on Chi Square Test and Non-Parametric Tests
  • 72. 72 6. Suggested Topics for Seminar: 1. Prepare a project on application large and small sample tests in real life 2. Prepare a project on application of chi square test and non-parametric tests in real life 7. Recommended Text Books & Suggested reference Books: 1. Fundamental Mathematical Statistics by S. C. Gupta & V. K. Kapoor 2. Statistical Methods by S. P. Gupta 3. Comprehensive Statistical Methods by P. N. Arora, Sumeet Arora & S. Arora 4. Business Statistics by J. K. Sharma 5. Statistics for Management by Levin & Rubin 6. Statistics for Business and Economics by Anderson, Sweeney & Williams 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 73. 73 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-IV CC407: Industrial Exposure Introduction:- The BBA programme aims at providing a practical insight to the student in the various functions of business enterprises. It is this aspect which gives a learner an edge over other programmes in the same area. Lack of industry exposure would prove fatal and hence a student of management needs to undergo practical training to sharpen his theoretical skills and knowledge. 1. Objective: The course in semester -IV is an extension of the practical studies course of semester-II. Here the students will be introduced to details of the functional areas of management (Marketing, Production or Human Resources). It will actually bridge the gap between theory and practice as they will study the same functional areas as theory papers too. The industrial visit and exposure will be followed by report writing and viva-voce. This paper also aims to sharpen the communicative skills of the students through practical training in some of the important skills required to be mastered by middle and higher level managers. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS:- (d) The industrial exposure and viva‐voce paper be incorporated in the fourth semester of BBA course with 3 credits and 4.5 hours per week in the following manner:‐ Component Hours per week Communication 1.5 practicals Project work 3 Total 4.5 (a) Each batch for practical studies should not have more than 40 students. For every batch, 1.5 hours per week have to be allocated for communication practicals and 3 hours per week for the project work. (b) The evaluation of communication skills external practicals will be based on group discussion(any one topic from the list declared by the university on the day of the exam) and group presentation (any one topic from the list attached herewith). (c) The project work will be evaluated on the basis of project report and individual viva‐voce. (d) The allocation of marks will be as under:
  • 74. 74 Evaluation Internal External Communication 15 marks 35 marks Practicals Components Group Group presentation Group Group discussion making discussion presentatio 6 marks 9 marks 15 marks n making 20 marks Project work 15 marks 35 marks Components Project report Viva voce Project Viva voce 6 marks 9 marks report 20 marks 15 marks Total marks 30 70 Minimum passing 12 (out of 30) 28 (out of 70) marks (a) The marks for practical studies shall be considered for deciding grade of the student. (b) Minimum passing marks shall be at par with other subjects i.e. 40%. GUIDELINES FOR PROJECT WORK:‐ (a) The visit should be to a manufacturing unit, which can be of any size and any form of organization. (b) A batch size should not exceed 40 students for the visit. The last batch can be adjusted according to the strength of students in the institute. (c) Students are required to prepare an individual report based on information gathered during the visit and sessions with industry representatives in consultation with the concerned teacher. (d) The report can be of 30 to 40 pages, more descriptive in nature. Use of graphics and pictures should be minimized. Also, mere reproduction of secondary data should be avoided. It should cover the following areas:‐ SECTION :‐I (a) COMPANY PROFILE:‐ Name, Registered Address, Brief History, Mission, Vision, Products, Form of organization, Organisational Structure, Locational issues, Awards and Achievements. (b) FINANCE:‐ Turnover, Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss Account of last 3 Years. (If available), Capital invested and Sources of funds. (c) SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY AND FUTURE PLANS OF THE ORGANISATION.
  • 75. 75 SECTION :- II ( DETAILS OF ANY ONE OF MARKETING, HR OR PRODUCTION UNCTIONS) 3.3 A PROJECT WITH MARKETING FOCUS SHOULD INCLUDE FOLLOWING DETAILS ABOUT THE ORGANISATION VISITED :‐ 1. Products (Relate to concepts of marketing) 2. Marketing staff and structure 3. Segmentation, Targeting, Positioning 4. Branding efforts 5. Stage of Product Life Cycle for products 6. Product hierarchy, line and mix 7. Competitors and their strategies 8. Pricing policies 9. Marketing channels and distribution networks 10. Promoting products – Advertising, Sales promotion, Publicity, Personal selling efforts 11. Developing new products 12. Marketing research activities 13. Social responsibility of marketing. 3.4 A PROJECT WITH HUMAN RESOURCES FOCUS SHOULD INCLUDE FOLLOWING DETAILS ABOUT THE ORGANISATION VISITED:‐ 1. HR function at the organization, its values 2. Organisational structure of HR department and its pyramidial break‐ up into levels and qualifications 3. HR planning‐ Job Design classified into Job Description and Job Specification 4. Recruitment, Selection, Orientation and Placement 5. Training and Development practices 6. Performance appraisal and Job evaluation 7. Promotions, Transfers and Separations 8. Industrial Relations 9. Remuneration policies and its relation to Minimum Wages Act; 10. Employee welfare, Safety and Health practices 11. Trade Unions 12. Disputes and their resolution 13. New HR practices; if any. (i) A PROJECT WITH PRODUCTION FOCUS SHOULD INCLUDE FOLLOWING DETAILS ABOUT THE ORGANISATION VISITED:‐ 1. Organisation’s location and its issues for production 2. Plant layout 3. Organisation structure of the production department
  • 76. 76 4. Production processes – continuousintermittent 5. Capacity planning 6. Raw‐ material procurement and purchase decisions 7. Materials handling 8. Stores management 9. ETP practices IMPORTANT:- AS THE FOCUS OF THE PROJECT WILL BE ON ONE FUNCTIONAL AREA TO BE INCLUDED IN SECTION II, A BRIEF OVERVIEW OF THE OTHER TWO SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN SECTION I. (c) GUIDELINES FOR VIVA‐VOCE OF INDUSTRIAL VISIT:‐ The viva‐voce for the student should be conducted on individual basis in English only and should be evaluated on the basis of following criteria:‐ (1) Knowledge about the company visited (2) Topics covered (3) Applications related to functional focus (4) Communication skills (d) GUIDELINES FOR COMMUNICATION SKILLS PRACTICALS:‐ a. Group Discussion: 1. The students will be divided into the groups such that the number of students in a group is 5. 2. The students will conduct the group discussion(on any one topic declared by the university at the time of examination) for 10 minutes on relevant and appropriate debatable issues. Group Presentation : 1. The students will make the presentation in a group of 5 (on any one topic as per the list attached herewith) 2. Such groups will be formed on the basis of the chronological order. 3. The duration of the presentation would be 2 minutes per speaker which means 10 minutes for the group of 5. 4. The presentation should have Power‐Point slides only as their visual aids and the judgment of its effectiveness should be purely done on the basis of the speakers’ communication skills. 5. The presentation SHOULD be related to any one of the following topics: (a) Sales presentation focusing on any product or service (b) Presenting a report to the Board of Directors (c) Case‐Studies of Companies. (d) Issues of Social, Cultural and Academic Relevance (e) Management lessons from films/books/mythology
  • 77. 77 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-V CC501: MERCENTILE LAWS (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: Every Manager or Operational level executive is required to have knowledge of legal aspects of commercial activities. Implications of various legal bindings and its implications are to be understood though this subject. 1. Objective: To acquaint students with several legal aspects of trade and commerce or other business transactions. 2. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3. Course Contents : No. Topic Weightage No of Hours 1 Indian Contract Act, 1872 60 28 2 Sale of Goods Act, 1930 25 8 3 Negotiable Instrument Act ,1881 15 4 4. Topic for Assignments: 1. Discuss entire case of Balfour v/s Balfour and also discuss its final verdict 2 Discuss case of Carlil v/s Carbolic Smoke Ball with its implications on the Indian Contract Act. 3 Discuss case of Chinnaya v/s Ramaya along with its implication in the Contract 4 Discuss case of Weiner v/s Smith under sale of goods act and its verdict. 5 Discuss the procedure for doshounrement of Negotiable instrument in various situations. 5. Topics for Seminar/Presentation: 1. Discuss or Present Latest changes in the Negotiable Instrument act and its implications. 2. Discuss various implied conditions and warranties attached with sale of particular product. 3. Discuss Indemnity and Guarantee given by any marketer or a manufacturer under sale of goods act. 4. Discuss the technical aspects of contract between two parties on phone or on internet. 6. Text Books: (1) Business & Industrial Laws: (For B.Com Semester-II University of Delhi) 2 nd Edition: By: M.C. Kuchhal, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd.
  • 78. 78 7. References: (a) Mercantile Laws: S.S.Gulshan, 4 th Edition, Excel Books. (b) Legal Aspects of Business: Ravinder Kumar, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd, 2 nd Edition, (c) Business Laws by: C.L.Bansal , Excel Publication (d) Business Laws: Bhagwati Pillai, S Chand & Co. (e) Mercantile Laws: Satish B. Mathur, 2 nd Edition Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi. (f) Legal Aspects of Business, Text, Jurisprudence, and Cases, By: Daniel Albuquerque, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 79. 79 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-V CC502: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: No business enterprise can exist in a vacuum. It is an integral part of the society in which it exists. Therefore, decisions in a business enterprise and its performance is always influenced by a number of varied factors. For efficient and effective decision making, the business enterprise must understand its relationship with the surrounding environment. 1. Objective: The objective of this course is to sensitize towards the overall business environment within which organization has to function and to provide insight to students of its implication for decision making in business organizations. 2. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 1.1 Introduction to Business Environment Concept, Definition & Importance of Business Environment, Internal & External environment of business 1.2. Economic Environment Reforms in Indian Money Market, Primary Capital Market & Secondary Capital Market . 25% 2 2.1Union Budget: Concept, Main constituents of Budget, Various types of Budgetary Deficits. Price & Distribution controls: Objectives, Price controls; Direct Vs Indirect, Administered prices, Dual pricing, Subsidisation, Public Distribution System. Privatisation: Concept, Ways of privatisation, Disinvestment process in India. Exit Policy 25% 3 Global Environment Globalisation: Definition, Meaning & indicators of Globalisation Foreign Investment Flows: Concepts of FDI,FPI & Role of Foreign Investments. Introduction of GATT, Origin & Objectives of WTO, Impact of WTO on Indian Economy. MNCs: Meaning of MNC & TNC, Benefits from MNCs, Problems brought by MNCs. EXIM Policy (Latest) 25% 4 4.1 Social Environment Meaning of Social Responsibility of Business & various social responsibility of Business. Business Ethics: Meaning & Its importance Consumerism: Concept, Consumer Rights & Consumerism in India 4.2 Technological & Natural Environment Concept of Technology & Innovation, Sources of Technology 25%
  • 80. 80 Dynamics Concept of Natural Environment & its impact on Business 4. Topics for Assignments 1.Detailed study of union budget. 2.Latest provisions of a new EXIM policy. 3.How SEBI works? 4.Effects of globalization on world economy. 5.Disinvestment process in India. 5. Topics for Seminars 1.Discussion over the union budget of that year. 2.Impact of FDI & FPI on Current Account Deficit. 3.Is Globalisation a tool in the hands of MNCs to enter in any country? 4.Business Ethics & MNCs. 5.Latest challenges present in modern business environment. 6.Detailed discussion on benefits and limitations of latest budget. 7.How administered prices affect the functioning of the economic system. 8.Recent changes in the attitudes of corporate in relation to CSR. 6. Text Books: 1.Economic environment of business by H.L. Ahuja, S. Chand 2.Business Environment:Text&Cases,Francis Cherunilam, Himalaya Publishing House, 7. Reference Books : 1.Essentials of Business Environment, K.Ashwathappa, Himalaya Publishing House, 6th Edition: 2.Indian Economy, S.K.Misra & V.K.Puri, Himalaya , Edition:25th 3.Indian Economy, Ruddar Datt & K.P.M Sundharam, S.Chand & Company Ltd.,57th Edition 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 81. 81 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-V CC503: ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR (Paper-1) (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: Organisational Behaviour is an integration and application of behaviourial sciences to work situations. In a continuous changing environment and culture many opportunities remain for organizational improvement.. Oganisational behaviour provides a human perspective towards organizational effectiveness 1. Objective: The syllabus of this subject is designed to provide valuable inputs for understanding, reasoning , predicting and controlling human behaviour. Various theories and topics have been covered to relate the subject to real-world problems and issues. 2 Key features: Conceptual framework, understanding dynamics of individual behaviour, understanding dynamics of group behavior, organizational dynamics, managing change towards organizational effectiveness. 3 Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 4. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 INTRODUCTION TO ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR Reference book: Organizational Behavior Authors: Keith Davis & Newstrom- 11th edition Publisher: Tata McGraw Definition of Organisational Behaviour Contributing disciplines to the field of Organisational Behaviour Objectives of Organisational Behaviour Limitations of Organisational Behaviour Forces affecting the nature of modern organizations People- structure-technology- environment Models of Organisational Behaviour i) Autocratic , ii) Custodial iii) Supportive , iv) Collegial v) System Complete Pay/Reward Pyramid 25% 2 FOUNDATIONS OF INDIVIDUALBEHAVIOUR Reference book: Organizational Behavior Authors: Stephen Robbins & Seema Sanghi, Publisher: Pearson Education (2006)Biographical characteristicsAge-gender-tenure-ability (including intellectual, physical and job-fit ability) Learning-meaning and definition 25%
  • 82. 82 Shaping as a managerial tool Attitudes-meaning and definition Types of attitudes i) Job satisfaction , ii) Job involvement , iii) Organisational commitment Personality-Meaning and definition Major personality attributes influencing Organisational Behaviour i) Locus of control ii) Machiavellianism iii) Self-Esteem iv) Self –Monitoring v) Risk-taking vi) Type-A Type-B vii) Pro-active personality Short notes i) Perception ii) Selective perception iii) Values iv) Emotions 3 FOUNDATIONS OF GROUP BEHAVIOUR Reference book: Organizational Behavior Authors: Stephen Robbins & Seema Sanghi, Publisher: Pearson Education (2006) Group –meaning and definition Stages of group development (5 stage model) Role: meaning role- identity, role-perception, role- expectation, role-conflicts, role- ambiguity. Status : meaning, Sources of status, Significance of status Reference book for the topic “Status” : Organizational Behavior Authors: Keith Davis & Newstrom-11th edition ,Publisher: Tata McGraw Techniques of group-decision making (with merits & demerits) i) Brainstorming , ii) Nominal group technique Teams : meaning Types of teams i) Problem-solving , ii) Self-managed iii) Cross-functional , iv) Virtual Skills used in effective team building Consultation skills Research & presentation skills Inter-personal skills , Reference book for the topic “Skills used….. ” : Organizational Behavior Authors: Keith Davis & Newstrom-11th edition ,Publisher: Tata McGraw 25% 4 FOUNDATIONS OF ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE Reference book: Organizational Behavior Authors: Stephen Robbins & Seema Sanghi, Publisher: Pearson Education (2006) Types of Organisational structures i) Matrix Organisation ii) Virtual organization iii) Boundaryless Organisation Power-meaning & definition i) Bases of power , ii) Power Tactics Managing change Reference book for the topic –Managing change : Organizational Behavior Authors: Keith Davis & Newstrom-11th edition 25%
  • 83. 83 ,Publisher: Tata McGraw i) Levin‟s 3 step model of change ii) Implementing change successfully (including building support for change) iii) Resistance to change (types & reasons) Organisational Development-meaning & definitions Benefits and limitations of OD 5. Suggested topics for seminars and presentations: i) Whistle-blowing ii) Communication barriers iii) Performance appraisal and motivation iv) Super leadership 6. Suggested topics for assignments: i) Organizational Development process ii) Employee participation programmes iii) Power politics iv) Characteristics of Organizational Behaviors 7. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 8. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 84. 84 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-V CC504: OPERATIONS RESEARCH & QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: The student will understand the basic operations research concepts and terminology involved in Linear Programming Problem, Transportation & Assignment Problems, PERT & CPM, Game Theory. The course focuses on how to interpret and solve business-related word problems and to develop simple O.R. models from a business perspective. 1. Objective: To create a better understanding of Operations Research concepts in solving business and commerce related problems. The course serves as a good foundation for further study in management, accounting ,marketing and finance. 2. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 1.Overview of Operations Research(OR) 1.1 Origin of OR 1.2 OR Models and Modeling 1.3 Application and Scope of OR 2. Linear Programming Problem (LPP) 2.1 Introduction and General Mathematical Formulation of LPP 2.2 Assumptions of LPP 2.3 Formulation of LPP – application of LPP 2.4 Graphical Solution 2.5 Dual formulation of LPP 25% 2 Transportation Problems (TP) 1.1 General Mathematical Formulation of TP 1.2 IBFS using North West Corner Rule (NWCR), Least Cost Method (LCM) and Vogel‟s Approximation Method (VAM) 1.3 Optimum solution using Modified Distribution (MODI) method 1.4 Solutions of TP under special cases of degeneracy, multiple, unbalanced, restricted and maximization. 25% 3 Network Models and Methods 1.1 Introduction to network, network diagram, concepts of event and Activity, critical path 1.2 PERT 1.3 CPM 1.4 Forward pass, Backward pass 1.5 Calculating EST,EFT, LST, LFT, Float of an activity and event 25% 4 1.Game Theory 1.1 Introduction of Game Theory and some basic terms 1.2 Pure and Mixed strategy games 1.3 Two-Persons Zero-Sum Games 25%
  • 85. 85 1.4 The Maximin- Minimax Principle 1.5 Games without saddle point (Mixed strategies) 1.6 Reduce game by Dominance 2. Assignment Problems(AP) 2.1 General Mathematical Formulation of AP 2.2 Hungarian Method of solving AP 2.3 Solutions of AP under special cases of unbalanced , maximization & restricted 4. Assignments: Assignments on Linear Programming Problem Assignments on Transportation Problems Assignments on Network Analysis Assignments on Game Theory and Assignment Problem 5. Seminar Topics: Prepare a project on application of Linear Programming Problem Prepare a project on application of Assignment Problem 6. Reference Books: 1.An Introduction to Management Science: Quantitative Approach to Decision Making by Anderson, Sweeney & Williams – Cengage (Erstwhile Thomson) Publications 11e 2.Practical Management Science by Winston & Albright – Cengage Erstwhile Thomson) Publications 3.Introduction to Operations Research by Hillier & Lieberman – TataMcGraw Hill Publication 4.Introduction to Operations Research by H. A. Taha- PHI Publications 5.OR Techniques for Management by V. K. Kapoor – Sultan Chand & Sons 6.OR Theory & Practice by J. K. Sharma – McMillan Publications 7.Operations Research by Premkumar Gupta & D. S. Hira - S. Chand Publications 8.Quantitative Analysis for Management by Render, Stair, Hanna & Badri – Pearson Publications Quantitative Techniques in Management by N. D. Vohra – Tata Mcgraw Hill Publications 7. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 8. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 86. 86 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-V CC505: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS Introduction: In today‟s global environment business has become boundary less but still much legal, market and political hurdles rustics business operations globally. It demands evaluation of every opportunity in international business as well as evaluation of every country for exploration of business activities. The intention is to have basic understanding of exploring business internationally. 1.Objective: • To understand Globalization, International Trade • To know the procedure of operating business internationally • To evaluate the opportunities in respect of different countries. • To explore the avenues of entering the International Market 2.Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3.Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Frame work for International Business •Globalization: Concept and factors affecting globalization and Restructuring ; •International Business: Reasons for expansion ; •Concepts: International Trade, International Marketing, International Investment, International Management and Global Business ; •New Trade Theory: Internal and External Economics of Scale ; •International Political System and Ideologies: Types of Governments, Economies System, Political System •Principles of International Law ; •Cultural Orientation in International Business . (Book: International Business: Rakesh Mohan Joshi, Oxford University Press) 25% 2 Tools for International Business: Tools for country Selection, Market Potential Index, Global Competitive Index , FDI Confidence Index ,Global Political Risk Index (Only Concepts), International Product Life Cycle , International Monetary System, Fixed and Floating Exchange Rates, Modes of Payment in International Trade , Advance Payment , Recoverable and Non Recoverable Letter of credit Consignment Sales, Open Account, (Books: International Business: Rakesh Mohan Joshi, Oxford University Press and International Business by: Justin Paul, Tata McGraw Hill) 25%
  • 87. 87 3 Strategy and Structure of International Business •Market Entry Strategies: Exporting Contractual Agreement International SA Joint Venture Other Entry Mode •Business Expansion Modes: Trade Related Modes oContractual Modes Investment Modes (Sub-modes are not to be asked separately). (Books: International Business: Rakesh Mohan Joshi, Oxford University Press) 25% 4 Export & Import Procedure Entire Export and Import Procedure (Ch-26 PP 487 to 510) 25% 4.Topic for Assignment: 1.Discuss the efforts of particular company or industry in international Market 2.Discuss the efforts of foreign companies in entering in Indian Market 3.Evaluate any country on the basis of Market Potential Index Global Competitive Index 4.Explain International Product Life cycle of any Product. 5.Discuss any two Market Entry strategy adopted either by any industry or company for International Market. 6.Explain in detail entire Export Procedure for exporting any one product from india to Europe or Russia or USA or other Country. 5.Topic for Presentation: 1.Discuss New Trade Theory and its impact in detail 2.Relevance of Cultural Orientation in International Business 3.Discuss Trade Related Modes of entry in International Business with reference to either FMCG products, Consumer Durables or Food and Beverage offering companies. 4.Critically evaluate Export Policy of Government of India with reference to particular Industry. 6.Recommended Text Book: 1.International Business By: Rakesh Mohan Joshi, Oxford University Press 2.International Business:, By Justin Paul ,5th Edition, PHI 3.International Business, By: P. Subbarao, 2nd Edition, Himalaya Publishing House. 7.Reference Books: 1.Global Business : Mike Peng and Deepak Srivastava , Cengage Publications 2.International Business: By Charles Hill and Arun Jain , Tata Mc Graw Hill Publication 8.Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9.Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 88. 88 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-V CC506: DIRECT TAX (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: Taxation is a very important aspect for working as well as personal decisions of an individual. Knowing Direct tax more importantly Income tax policies and rules can help a student to understand and calculate personal income tax and also help in tax planning decisions. 1.Objective: 1.1 To impart knowledge of the basic principles underlying the substantive provisions of Income tax to the students. 1.2 To equip students with the application of principles and provisions of above tax laws in computation of income of Individuals under various heads of income and their assessment procedures. 2. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3.Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 A) Introduction to Income Tax: - History- Back ground of Income Tax Act, 1961. - Definitions : Meaning of Assessment year, Previous year,Person, Assessee, Income, Gross Total Income, Taxable income, Agricultural Income. B) Residential Status of an Assessee: - Determination of Residential Status - Incidence of Tax on basis of Residential Status C) Income exempt from Tax 25% 2 Determination of Income under the head Salaries: -Different forms of Salary -Retirement Benefits -Allowances & Taxable and Exempt Perquisites -Provisions regarding Provident Fund -Deductions under this head of Income 25% 3 Determination of Income under the head Profits and Gains of Business and Profession: -Incomes covered under this head -Allowable expenses, expressly disallowed expenses 25% 4 Basic knowledge about following heads of Income: 25%
  • 89. 89 A) Income from House Property (Only Theory) B) Income from Capital Gain (Only Theory) C)Income from Other Sources (including computation) 4. Topics for Assignment: 1)Assessment Procedure:Forms for filing returns and Time limit for filing return &Types of Assessment 2)Tax Holidays for different Industries 3)Income Tax Authorities 4)Special Provisions relating to taxability of Non-Residents.(S 115C to 115I) 5. Topics for Seminar/Quiz : 1) Tax Planning, Tax Avoidance, Evasion and Tax Management. 2) Direct Tax Code 3) PAN 4) Computation of Tax( Tax slabs and Tax Rate) 5) Set off and Carry Forward of Losses 6)Clubbing of Income 6. Text Book: Students‟ Guide to Income Tax : Taxmann Publications Dr. V.K Singhania & Dr. Monica Singhania 7. Reference Books : 1)Direct Tax Law by T.N. Manoharan – Snowwhite Publications(P) Ltd. 2)Systematic Approach to Income Tax- Bharat Publication Structure of Course Examination 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
  • 90. 90 Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-V CC507A : ADVANCED FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (Paper-I) (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: Over the last two decades, Indian business and finance have considerably changed owing to deregulation, liberalization, privatization and globalization. In wake of these changes and developments, the subject of Advanced Financial Management has assumed all the more importance. 1. Objective: • The syllabus aims to develop a thorough understanding of the concepts and theories in Financial Management. • It intends to give an understanding of various financial decisions which has impact on shareholders and wealth creation. • To develop familiarity with the analytical techniques helpful in financial decision making. 2.Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Meaning and importance of Cost of Capital Explicit and Implicit Costs , Measurement of Specific Costs , Weighted Average and Marginal Cost of Capital (including sums using market and book value weights) Capital Asset Pricing Model (excluding sums) C) Income exempt from Tax 25% 2 Valuation of bonds/debentures , Yield to Maturity (YTM) Short-cut Method (as per Khan and Jain) Valuation of Preference Shares Valuation of Equity Shares: no growth, constant growth and multi- stage growth models 25% 3 Risk Management and Derivatives Concept of Risk and Uncertainty Meaning and Characteristics of Derivatives Meaning of: 1.Spot , 2.Forward Contracts 3.Future Contracts , 4.Options: Call and Put Difference between Forwards and Futures Difference between Futures and Options Risk Evaluation Approaches in Capital Budgeting 1.Risk Adjusted Discount Rate , 2.Certainty Equivalent Approach 3.Decision Tree 25% 4 Dividend Theory 25%
  • 91. 91 Meaning of Dividend , Types of Dividend Policy ,Determinants of Dividend Policy Dividend Theories: 1.Walter Model , 2.Gordon Model , 3.Modigliani-Miller (MM) Model 4.Topics for Assignment 1.Practical Application of Cost of Capital 2.Concepts of Value 3.Important terms in Options Contract 4.Financial Engineering 5. Topics for Seminar and Presentation 1.Shareholder Value Creation 2.A Study on trends in dividend policy in Indian Companies 3.Foreign Exchange markets and Dealings 4.Foreign Exchange Risk Management. 6. Recommended Textbooks: 1)Financial Management by Khan & Jain (5th Edition), McGraw Hill – For Units 1, 2 & 3 2)Strategic Financial Management by Ravi M Kishore (2nd Edition),Taxmann – For Units 3 & 4 7. Reference Books: 1)Financial Management by Prasanna Chandra (7th Edition), Tata McGraw Hill 2)Financial Management by I M Pandey (9th Edition), Vikas Publishing Structure of Course Examination 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks K.S.K.V. Kachchh University
  • 92. 92 Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-V CC507B : ADVANCED MARKETING MANAGEMENT (Paper-I) (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: The field of management has undergone a sea change and has today assumed a form of a profession with a well-defined body of knowledge. Different functions of management have got importance as per the environmental changes. After, 1950‟s Marketing Management has assumed an important role in the organization. With continuously evolving and due to the newer trends, the subject has become wider and wider. 1. Objective: This course is designed in such a way as to provide the students an understanding of the different contemporary and relevant topics in the subject of marketing management with deeper penetration so that the students can choose the particular area of specialization even under the Marketing Management as per their interest in future. 2. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 BRAND MANAGEMENT (10 Hours) a.Meaning of Brand b.Brand the Product c.Brand Architecture i.Portfolio Roles, ii.Product Market and Context Roles , iii.Brand Portfolio structure d.Brand Equity i.Concept of Brand Equity , ii.Brand Image and its dimensions iii.Brand Awareness and Brand Image e.Brand Identity i.Concept , ii. Inner and Outer core of Brand Identity iii.Brand Identity Perspectives , iv.Brand Identity Prism (to be explained with illustration) 1.Physique , 2.Relationship , 3.Reflections , 4.Personality 5.Culture , 6.Self Image, f.Brand Positioning Book : Product Policy and Brand Management-Text and Cases - By: Chitale and Gupta-PHI 25%
  • 93. 93 2 MARKETING RESEARCH-1 (10 Hours) a.Definition of Marketing Research b.Marketing Research Process c.Classification of Marketing Research Designs d.Primary Data versus Secondary Data (Advantages, uses and Disadvantages of secondary data) e.Primary Data: Quantitative Research & Qualitative Research f.Survey Methods: i. Telephone Method , ii. Personal Method iii. Mail Method , iv. Electronic Method g.Focus group interview and In-depth interview h.Primary Data: Observation Methods: Structured v/s unstructured observations, Disguised v/s undisguised methods, Natural v/s continued observation, Personal Observation Mechanical Observation, Audit Observation, Content Analysis Trace Analysis 25% 3 MARKETING RESEARCH -2 (10 Hours) a. Primary Scales of Measurement: Nominal, Ordinal, Interval, Ratio b. Itemized Rating Scales Likert Scale, Sematic Differential Scale, Staple Scale c. Questionnaire Definition Objectives of questionnaire, Questionnaire design process d. Observational Forms e. Sampling Design Process f. Sampling Techniques g. Data Preparation Process (in brief) Coding Tabulation: One way table and two way table h. Report Preparation and presentation process in brief. Format of the Research Report, Graphical Presentation 25% 4 SERVICES MARKETING (10 Hours) a. Definition b. Characteristics of Services c. Service Flower d. Reasons for the Growth of Service Sector e. Services Marketing Mix (7 P‟s) f. Demand Variations In services g. Strategies for demand management h. Determinants of Service Quality i. Terms:, i. Internal Marketing , ii. External Marketing, iii. Interactive Marketing j. Gap Model of Service Quality Book : Services Marketing – K. Rama Mohana Rao, Pearson Education. 25% 4.Topics of Assignment:
  • 94. 94 1.Develop and Compare Brand Architecture of any Two FMCG Brands with specific Product Category. 2.Design Service Flower of any type of Service. 3.Prepare Research proposal for any Marketing Problem. 4.Draft a Questionnaire to survey the consumer satisfaction and loyalty of any product or service. 5.Topics for Presentaion: 1.Discuss Branding Strategy and Brand Elements of newly launched Brand in the Market. 2.Discuss the Value chain concept of any Service in detail 3.Compare various Sampling Methods with reference to research design. 6.Reference Books: 1.Marketing Management, 13th Edition: A South Asian Perspective, Abraham Koshy and Mithileshwar Jha, Philip Kotler and Kevin Keller. 2.Marketing Management, Rajan Saxena, 4th Edition, Tata-Mcgraw Hill. 3.Marketing Management – Global perspective, V S Ramaswamy and S Namakumari, Indian context; 4th Edition Macmillan Publishers India Ltd. 4.The New Strategic Brand Management - Creating And Sustaining Brand Equity Long Term 5.Services Marketing – People, Technology, Strategy, Christopher Lovelock & Jochen Wirtz 6.Exploring Marketing Research, William Zikmund. 7.Compendium of Brand Management, S. A. Chunawalla, Himalaya Publishing House. 8.Services Marketing – S.M. Jha 9.Research Methodology – Methods and Techniques, C. R. Kothari. 10.Research Methodology – R.Guvery, U K Sudha Nayak, M. Girija. R. Meenakshi, S. Chand 7.Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 8. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 95. 95 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-V CC507C : ADVANCED HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (Paper-I) (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: The role of HRM in organizations has gained tremendous importance over the years. It has come some way from „Personnel Management‟ and today, is looked upon as a strategic partner. Organizations with global presence, movement of workforce across geographical boundaries have challenged the HR function as never before. The aim of this course is to provide the under-graduate students with some knowledge about the important sub-functions of HRM; functions that have not been covered in the core courses Basic Human Resource Management and Human resource Management in Semesters III and IV. 1.Objective: 1.The strategic Role of HRM, 2.The environment in which the HRM function is performed, 3.The meaning and difference between Performance Appraisal and Performance Management, 4.How strategic pay plans and employee benefits are determined. 2.Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3.Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 EVOLUTION OF STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT -Personnel management -> HRM -> SHRM -Definition and components of SHRM -Objectives of SHRM -Difference between traditional HRM and SHRM -Difference between SHRM and HR strategies -Link between HR strategy and business strategy -Investment perspective of HR -Risk involved in investment in Human Assets -Factors determining the investment orientation of an organisation 25% 2 UNDERSTANDING THE CONCEPT OF SHRM AND HR ENVIRONMENT -Barriers to strategic HR -Benefits of SHRM -Competencies required of HR department to become a strategic 25%
  • 96. 96 partner -Essential elements of strategic HR -Environmental trends affecting HRM: •Trends in Business Environment •Changing nature of work •Demographic, Societal and workforce trends •Changing nature of Employment Relationship -HRM a changing function •Roles associated with Management of HR (Classification given by Ulrich) •Partnership of HR and Line Managers (Strategic Human Resource Management by Tanuja Agarwala) 3 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT AND APPRAISAL -Comparison between the two -Why Performance Management? -Supervisor‟s Role in appraising performance -Methods of Performance Appraisal with important advantages and disadvantages •Alteration Ranking Method •Paired Comparison Method •Computerised and web Based Performance Appraisal •Electronic Performance Monitoring (EPM) -How to avoid appraisal problems? (Human Resource Management by Dessler & Varkkey) 25% 4 DETERMING STRATEGIC PAY PLANS AND EMPLOYEE EMPLOYEE BENEFITS -Basic factors in determining pay rates •Legal consideration in compensation •Union influence on compensation decisions •Competitive strategy, corporate policies and compensation •Equity and its impact of pay rates -Process of establishing pay rates: •Salary Survey •Gob Evaluation •Grouping similar jobs together •Pricing each pay grade •Fine tuning pay rates -Competency Based Pay – meaning, reasons, advantages and disadvantages -Flexible benefits programme 1.Cafeteria Approach 2.Flexible Work Arrangements -Flexi time and its effectiveness -Compressed work week and its effectiveness 3.Other flexible work arrangement -Job sharing -Work sharing -Telecommuting (Human Resource Management by Dessler & Varkkey) 25%
  • 97. 97 4. Topics for assignments: 1.Four levels of integration between the HR functions and the Strategic Management function. 2.Linking of HR systems to organization maturity (Essentials of Strategic Human Resource Management by Dr. Anjali Ghanekar) 3.Compensating Executives and Managers 4.Compensating professional employees. (Human Resource Management by Dessler & Varkkey) 5. Topics for seminars: 1.Designing Performance Management Systems. 2.Balance Score Card and HR Score Card. 3.HR manager as a change agent 6. Reference Books: 1.Human Resource Management By Gary Dessler and Biju Varkkey Pearson Prentice Hall 12th Edition 2.Strategic Human Resource Management By Tanuja Agarwala Oxford University Press 2007 Edition 3.Human Resource Management (Text and Cases) By S. S. Khanka S.Chand and Company Limited Reprint 2007 4.Essentials of Strategic Human Resource Management By Dr. Anjali Ghanekar Everest Publishing House First Edition 2009 7. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 8. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 98. 98 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-V CC507D : ADVANCED TAXATION AND LAW (Paper-I) (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: Although a consumer always pays Indirect Taxes such as VAT and Service Tax, most of them are unaware of the concept, types and government policies for indirect taxes. This knowledge along with direct tax will complete the taxation curriculum for B.B.A. 1.Objective: (1) To introduce indirect tax laws in force and relevant rules and principles. (2) To introduce the basic concepts of Service Tax and Excise Law in force in India. 2.Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3.Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 SERVICE TAX: - Evolution and Need of Service Tax - Concept of Taxable Services and Exempt Services - Classification of Taxable Services - Registration Procedure - Payment of Service Tax 25% 2 SERVICE TAX: - Valuation of Taxable Services - Periodical Service Tax Returns - Concept of CENVAT Credit - Concept of Adjudication, Appeals, Demand, Refund and Penalties. 25% 3 CENTRAL EXCISE: - Nature of Excise Duty, Legislative History, Coverage,Levy and Collection of excise duties under the Central Excise Act, 1944 - Definitions of Excisable Goods, Factory and Manufacture under the Central Excise Act. - Provisions governing Manufacture and Removal of excisable goods. - Classification of goods under Central Excise Tariff Act,1985 with reference to rules of interpretation. - Assessment including Provisional Assessment, Self-Removal Procedure, Payment of duty and Date fordetermination of rate 25%
  • 99. 99 of duty. Record-based control and Production-based control. 4 CENTRAL EXCISE: - Concept of Valuation under the Central Excise Act, 1944,Central Excise Valuation(Determination of Price of Excisable Goods) Rules,2000 Registration Procedures Benefits to Exporters - Concept of CENVAT Credit - Exemption for Small Industries 25% 4.Text Book: Indirect Taxes Law and Practice : Taxmann By: V.S. Datey 5.Reference Book : Students‟ Guide to Indirect Taxes : Aadhya‟s Pvt. Ltd.By: Yogendra Bangar, Vandana Bangar and Vineet Sodhani 6.Topics for Assignment: 1)Services which are Exempt from Service Tax. 2)Procedure for Filing Service Tax Return and important issues relating to such return. 3)Documents required for availing CENVAT Credit. 7.Topics for Seminar/Quiz: 1)Applicability of Service Tax and its current rate. 2)Case study relating to Service Tax. 3)Small scale exemption under Central Excise Law. 4)Case study relating to Central Excise. 8.Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9.Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 100. 100 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-V CC507E : BANKING AND INSURANCE (Paper-I) (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) 1.Objective: The objective of this paper is to impart basic knowledge of Banking and Insurance Services to the students. 2.Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3.Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Introduction to banking - history of banks - meaning of banking - functions of bank - banker customer relationship - banking systems - unit banking - branch banking - banking sectors - corporate banking - retail banking - international banking - rural banking - role of banks in primary, secondary and tertiary sector 25% 2 Structure of Indian banking system - Reserve bank of India - commercial banks - public sector banks - private sector banks - foreign banks - cooperative banks - state cooperative banks - district cooperative banks - primary credit societies - regional rural banks - development banks 25% 3 Introduction to insurance - origin and development of insurance - functions of insurance - importance of insurance - principles of insurance - types of insurance contract - classification of insurance - life insurance - non life insurance - reinsurance - micro insurance - insurance intermediaries 25% 4 Life insurance - essential features - advantages - different plans of life Assurance and annuities - policy condition and privilege - assignment and nomination - lapses and revivals - surrender values and loans - claims - double insurance. Non-Life Insurance - Meaning and Importance - Types - Fire - Marine - Motor - Health - Miscellaneous 25%
  • 101. 101 4.Topics of assignment: 1.Retail banking 2.Rural banking 3.List of Public, Private and Foreign banks operating in India 4.Development banks 5.Public, Private and Joint Venture Insurance companies operating in India 5. Topics of Seminar/Quiz 1.KYC Norms 2.NABARD 3.Opening up of Insurance Sector 6. Text Book: 1.Elements of Banking and Insurance - By Jyotsna Sethi, Nishwan Bhatia 7. Reference Book: 1.K. P. M., Banking Theory Law and Practice by Sundhram, Sultan Chand 2.Banking and financial system - B. Santhanam, Sundharam & Varshney 3.Banking and Insurance - By R.K. Sharma, Shashi K. Gupta, Jagwant Singh 4.Principles of Insurance - By S.K. Jain 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 102. 102 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-VI CC601 : INDUSTRIAL LAWS (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: To create awareness amongst student for Industrial laws which helps in creating and maintaining transparent business policies in dealing with labours. Harmonious relationship with management and labour and employer is necessary to maintain steady growth of the nation as well as institute. 1. Objectives: To gain knowledge of various Industrial Laws and also understand the application of Industrial lawsto practical situations. To acquaint students from various labour laws. 2. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 3.Course Contents : 10% No Topic Weightage No of Hours 1 Industrial Dispute Act 25 12 2 Factories Act 25 7 3 ESIC Act 15 6 4 Workmen‟s Compensation Act 15 6 5 P.F. and Miscellaneous Act 10 6 6 Payment of Wages Act, 1936 10 3 4. Topic for Assignments: 1.Discuss the scope of Factories act with reference to the definition given by the act and various case laws. 2.Discuss the meaning of Industrial Dispute and explain how it is different as to Personal Dispute. 3.Discuss the Present Scheme of PF by government and Semi-Government Organisation and PF scheme offered by Private Insurance Company 4.Prepare a chart showing procedure under Factories act for getting licence and annual renewal of license. 5.Differentiate between the ESIC and Workmen‟s Compensation act with reference to Benefit to the Employee
  • 103. 103 5. Topics for Seminar/Presentation: 1. Discuss the Case of Maruti Udyog Ltd and Labour Union. 2.Discuss recent case of Strike and its resolution system adopted by respective organisation. 3.Discuss the Liability of Employer in different industries for different situations. (Accident, Death etc.) 4.Discuss the procedure of claim with ESIC for Accidental Death. 5.Discuss different schemes under P.F. act. 6. Text Book: 1.Labour Laws for Managers By: B.D. Singh 2nd edition Excel Books 7. Reference Book: 1.Industrial Relations and Labour Laws by: S.C. Srivastava, 6th Revised Edition, Vikas Publishing House New Delhi. 2.Industrial Law: By: K.C. Garg, V.K. Sareen, Mukesh Sharma, R. C. Chawala, Klayani Publishers, Ludhiyana. 3.Labour Laws By: H.L Kumar Universal Laws Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi 4.Legal Aspects of Business , Text, Jurisprudence, and Cases, By: Daniel Albuquerque, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 104. 104 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-VI CC602 : STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: External factors affects business unit to a great extent. Managers have to make changes in the respective policies to commensurate such changes. It is important to incorporate separate strategies to bring organisaiton in right direction in the context of its strategic intent. 1.Objectives: •To know core concepts of Strategy and Strategic Management and its scope. •To know various external factors and its effect business policy or business strategy •To know and execute the process of internal analysis any business unit of Industry. •To understand various steps of formulation and implementation of various business strategies. 2.Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3.Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT •Meaning of strategy, strategic management ( process of S.M) •Importance of Strategic Management •Strategic Fit and Intent •Levels of Strategy and their characteristics •Vision & Mission •Vision : Nature ( elements), definition and benefits •Mission : Definition, characteristics of mission statement •Difference between vision and mission 25% 2 EXTERNAL ENVIRONMENT ANALYSIS •Concept of Environment •SWOT •PESTEL •5 Force Model •Approaches to Environmental Scanning •Sources used for Environmental Scanning •Techniques of Environmental Scanning 25% 3 INTERNAL ANALYSIS •Resources, Capabilities, Competencies, Core Competencies •Competitive Advantage •Why are resources important •Value chain( organization and industry) •Ansoff Model •BCG Model 25% 4 STRATEGY FORMULATION •5 Generic Strategies (cost leadership, differentiation, combined, focus, 25%
  • 105. 105 best cost provider) •Interrelationship between formulation and implementation •Integration : Forward and Backward •Diversification : Horizontal, Conglomerate, Concentric 4.TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT 1.Vision & Mission Statement of one Indian Company & One Foreign Company 2.SWOT Analysis of any Industry / Company 3.PESTEL Analysis of any Industry / Company 4.Five Force Analysis of any Industry / Company 5.Value Chain Analysis of any Industry / Service / Company 6.BCG Matrix application of any FMCG Company 7.Examples of Cost differentiation 5. TOPICS OF SEMINAR 1.Discussion for implementation of change in Organisaitonal Structure and its implementation with reference to particular company. 2.Discussion of various issues which plays important role in strategy implementation. 3.Techniques of implication and replications of government policy on particular sector industry/ company. 6. TEXTBOOKS : 1)Strategic Management & Business Policy by Azhar Kazmi, 3rd Edition Mc Graw Hill Publication Pvt Ltd. 2)Business Policy & Strategic Management by P. Subba Rao , GTU , Himalaya Publication. 7. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1.Crafting and Executing Strategy by Thomson, , Gamble, Strickland, & Jain, 18th Edition Tata Mc Grahill Education Pvt. Ltd. 2.Strategic management By: Pierce & Robinson, Tata Mc Grahill Education Pvt. Ltd. 3.Competitive Advantage by Michael Porter, Free Press Publication,USA 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 106. 106 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-VI CC603 : ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR (Paper-II) (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: Organisational Behaviour is an integration and application of behaviourial sciences to work situations. In a continuous changing environment and culture many opportunities remain for organizational improvement.. Oganisational behaviour provides a human perspective towards organizational effectiveness 1. Objectives: The syllabus of this subject is designed to provide valuable inputs for understanding, reasoning ,predicting and controlling human behaviour. Various theories and topics have been covered to relate the subject to real-world problems and issues. 2.Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3.Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 UNDERSTANDING MOTIVATION AND LEADERSHIP Reference book: Organizational Behavior Authors: Stephen Robbins & Seema Sanghi, Publisher: Pearson Education (2006) Motivation Models i)E-R-G Theory ii)David McClleland‟s need theory iii)Equity theory iv)Victor Vroom‟s expectancy theory (with their implications for managers) Leadership theories i)Fiedler‟s Contingency model ii)Path-goal theory iii)Hersey & Blanchard‟s leadership model Short notes i)Mentoring ii)Self-leadership iii)Transformational leadership iv)Coaching 25% 2 ISSUES BETWEEN INDIVIDUALS AND ORGANISATIONS(A) Reference book: Organizational Behavior Authors: Stephen Robbins & Seema Sanghi, Publisher: Pearson Education (2006) Conflicts – meaning & definition Functional and Dysfunctional conflicts Sources of conflicts Conflict resolving strategies Organizational Culture Characteristics of organizational culture Communication of 25%
  • 107. 107 organizational culture through the process of socialization and individualization Economic and psychological contract 3 ISSUES BETWEEN INDIVIDUALS AND ORGANISATIONS(B) Reference book: Organizational Behavior, Authors: Stephen Robbins & Seema Sanghi, Publisher: Pearson Education (2006) Counseling –meaning & definition Functions of counseling Types of counseling Transactional analysis as a technique of resolving conflicts (including inter-personal orientation and stroking),Stress –meaning & definition i)Stress and job-performance relationship , ii)Effects of stress iii)Approaches to stress management Quality Work-Life-meaning & definition Techniques of QWL 25% 4 CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES FOR ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR Reference book: Organizational Behavior Authors: Stephen Robbins & Seema Sanghi, Publisher: Pearson Education (2006) Challenges for O.B., i)Responding to globalization , ii)Improving quality and productivity , iii)Responding to outsourcing , iv)Improving customer services , v)Improving people skills , vi)Empowering people , vii)Stimulating innovation and change Ethical Behaviour i)Employee privacy issues , ii)Impact of ethics on bottom-line outcomes , iii)Pay and promotion discrimination, iv)Sexual harassment Managing Internal Work Force i)Barriers to cultural adaptation , ii)Overcoming barriers 25% 4. TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT i)Job satisfaction and performance –effort loop , ii)Sources of stress iii)Traits of leadership , iv)Gender issues at work place 5. TOPICS OF SEMINAR i)Responses to change , ii)Model of motivation iii)Informal organizations , iv)Assertive behaviour as conflict resolving technique 6. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 7. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Markss Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 108. 108 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-VI CC604 : PRODUCTION & OPERATION MANAGEMENT (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: Production management plays an important role in the improvement in productivity and helps in creating a competitive advantage. It is essential to pass an understanding of how various operations work and contributes to create a special place in the market. The study would enable the students, manufacturers and service providers to compete globally. 1. Objectives: The aim is to cover the most important issues concerning production managers and also giving them an understanding of basic tools and techniques of production. The budding managers should be given an insight of production with other managerial inputs 2. Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3. Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Meaning of production management and operation management Objectives of production management Scope of production management Types of production 1.Continuous , 2.Intermittent , 3.Project, 4.Job shops Concept of production planning and control Function of production planning and control :Estimating, routing, scheduling, loading Dispatching, expediting, follow up, Inspection and corrective action Concept of work study and motion study, Work measurement, basic work study procedure 25% 2 Concept of purchasing , principles of purchasing and process of purchasing. Types of purchasing • Blanket orders , • Stockless purchasing , • System contracting • Small order purchases Concept of material handling and principles of material handling . Concept of MRP-1 and MRP-2, Objectives ,advantages and disadvantages of MRP-1 concept of ERP and features of ERP 25% 3 1)concept of layout, factors affecting layout and features of a good layout. Types of layout • product , • process , • project 2)Concept of quality management, Cost of quality : Deming‟s 14 principles of quality Concept of Six Sigma and its process Deming‟s concept of PDCA cycle Concept of ISO-9000,14000,22000 25%
  • 109. 109 4 Contemporary Issues JIT :- Concept and characteristics (including the concept of KANBAN); Kaizen:- Concept,3 guiding principles, activities falling under the kaizan umbrella Japanese 5-“S” approach (5 s kaizen movement); Business process reengineering - Characteristics, steps Lean production and basic elements 25% 4.TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT 1)Types of production system in any industry 2)A detailed perspective on operations management 3)Practical aspects of JIT, Kaizen, Six sigma, lean production 4)Hybrid MRP- JIT production system 5)Supply chain management in practice: the Keirtsu 5.TOPICS OF SEMINAR 1.Green production 2.Challenges in maintaining a supply chain in Indian scenario 3.Operation in service industry 4.Work measurement and production standard 5.Capacity planning 6.Functional analysis 6.Reference Books: 1)Production & Operation management by K.aswathappa & K.Shridhara bhatt, Himalaya publishing house. 2)Operation management by Roberta S. Russell & Bernard S. Taylor, Pearson higher education. 3)Production & Operation management by Kanishka Bedi, Oxford higher education. 4)Operation management by heizer render, pearson publication. 7.Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 8.Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 110. 110 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-VI CC605 : MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: Management accounting is concerned with the provisions and use of accounting information to managers within organizations, to provide them with the basis to make informed business decisions that will allow them to be better equipped in their management and control functions. 1.Objectives: The objective of this module is to provide students with an understanding of the role of management accounting in the context of business. It tries to show how accounting information is used by managers and senior executives to plan and control business activities and make decisions. 2.Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3.Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 (A) Introduction :Meaning of Management Accounting, Difference between Financial Accounting and Management Accounting, Difference between Cost Accounting and Management. Tools and Techniques of Management Accounting – Meaning and list of tools and techniques. (B) Budgetary Control: Meaning and Significance. Preparation of Flexible Budgets. Preparation of Functional Budgets – Sales, Production and Purchase Budgets. Concept of Cash Budget (excluding sums.) 25% 2 Standard Costing – Meaning, Benefits and Limitations. Calculation of Variances- Material, Labour (Excluding Idle time) and Sales Introduction to overhead variance (excluding sums) Objectives ,advantages and disadvantages of MRP-1 concept of ERP and features of ERP 25% 3 Cost Volume Profit Analysis- Meaning and Assumptions, Concept of Break even analysis, Sums of C-V-P Analysis (Including Key Factor) Decision Making – Make/Buy, Shut Down and Export Proposal. 25% 4 (A) Responsibility Accounting - Meaning and significance, Types of responsibility centres. Transfer Pricing – Meaning and Methods of transfer pricing. 25%
  • 111. 111 (B) Contemporary Issues in Management Accounting: i.Target Costing, ii.Life-cycle Costing, iii.Activity Based Costing 4.TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT 1.Reporting to Management – Meaning, Essentials of an Ideal Report, Types of reports. 2.Concept of Zero Based Budgeting – Meaning, Procedure, Benefits and Limitations. 3.Uniform Costing. 4.Value Chain Analysis 5. TOPICS OF SEMINAR 1.Concept and Utility of Balance Score Card. 2.Installation of a Budgetary Control system . 3.Management Information Systems 6. Recommended Books: 1.Managerial Accounting – By Jawahar Lal - Himalaya Publication. 2.A Text Book of Cost and Management Accounting By M. N. Arora – 8th Edition – Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 7. Reference Books: 1.Advanced Management Accounting, Text, Problems and Cases By Jawahar Lal – S. Chand 2.Accounting for Management – by M. N. Arora & Khanna – Himalaya Publication. 3.Management Accounting – Principles & Practice by M. A. Sahaf – Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd 4.Management Accounting, Text, Problems and Cases by M. Y. Khan & P.K. Jain, 5th Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd. 5.Accounting for Management - by Jawahar Lal, 5th Edition – Himalaya Publishing House 6.Management Accounting by J. Made Gowda (2007) Himalaya Publication. 7.Management Accounting, Text, Problems and Cases by M. Y. Khan & P.K. Jain, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd. 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9.Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 112. 112 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-VI CC606 : Practical Studies (GRAND PROJECT, PRESENTATION AND VIVA-VOCE) (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: The BBA programme aims at providing a practical insight to the student in the various functions of business enterprises. It is this aspect which gives a learner an edge over other programmes in same area. Lack of industry exposure would prove fatal and hence a student of management needs to undergo practical training to sharpen his theoretical skills and knowledge. Further from here, the students are likely to take off into junior managerial level jobs and/or post-graduation in management. 1.Objectives: During the first year semester II, students go for an industrial visit and get a general overview of the functioning of the business enterprises. During the second year semester IV, the students are supposed to visit any organization and study details of functional areas. In line with this, the third year semester VI students are supposed to analyze any particular products/industry in detail from macro and micro perspectives. This work is prescribed to be done in groups so that the students learn positive group dynamics and use it to their best. 2.Course Contents : UNIT WEIGHTAGE UNIT 1 25% UNIT 11 25% UNIT 111 25% UNIT 1V 25% TOTAL 100% 3.GUIDELINES FOR GRAND PROJECT WORK:- 1.Group size: The group size should be of 10 students. However, one last group can be of odd size having not more than 12 students. 2.Topics: -Any topic from any functional area of management i.e. Marketing, HR, Finance, Production -Economics -Costing -Operations research -Any other relevant topic permitted by the director of the institute can be taken for grand project work. The topic should be research based and must be authentic work of the students. Primary data collection is a must.
  • 113. 113 1.Format of the group project:- The project should be based on the following format:- a. Introduction to the topic including macro (external environment and industry) analysis, and micro (particular industry or firm under study) analysis. b. Research Methodology including the rationale for the topic, type of research design, sources of data, sampling method, sample size, any statistical tools used and limitations of the study. c. Findings and analysis of the study including graphs and statistics. d. Conclusion, Recommendations and Scope for further study in future. e. Bibliography, References, Statistical calculations and tables; if any. 4.Assessment:- Group project component Internal marks External marks Total Project report 12 28 40 Power point presentation 18 42 60 And Viva-voce Total 30 70 100 5. Guidelines for assessment:- a. The pattern of assessment for internal and external component will remain the same for grand projects. b. The project report will be assessed on the basis of one group report submitted by students. Individual copies of the project must be produced during external exam and must be checked and signed by the external examiner also. The pattern of the project report must be as prescribed earlier. c. Power point presentation of the group project must be done by students during both internal and external assessment. The presentation should be divided among all the group members in such a way that the entire project contents are covered. Each student should present for 2-3 minutes on hisher allotted section. d. Power point presentation should be followed by individual viva voce. In this exam, the student should be able to answer on the entire project and also related topics; and not only on his section of the presentation. e. A hard copy and a CD of the power point presentation done during internal assessment must be produced at the time of external assessment too.
  • 114. 114 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-VI CC607A : ADVANCED FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (Paper-II) (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: Over the last two decades, Indian business and finance have considerably changed owing to deregulation, liberalization, privatization and globalization. In wake of these changes and developments, the subject of Advanced Financial Management has assumed all the more importance. 1.Objectives: 1. To give an insight to the students from the basic level to higher level of analysis 2. To introduce the students to various techniques of taking long term investment decisions 3. To familiarize the students with various financial tools and techniques 2.Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3.Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Capital Budgeting problems using NPV for the following decisions: 1. Replacement, 2. Mutually Exclusive Depreciation calculation using: 1. SLM , 2. WDV , 3. Block of Assets 25% 2 (A)Working Capital Estimation Sums of estimating working capital excluding double shift (B)Economic Value Added (EVA) Concept of EVA Problems using EVA formula as per Khan & Jain 25% 3 Capital Structure Theories Meaning of Capital Structure Features of Appropriate Capital Structure Factors affecting Capital Structure , Capital Structure Theories‐(Excluding Sums) Net Income Approach, Net Operating Income Approach, Traditional Approach, Modigliani – Miller Thesis 25% 4 Corporate Financial Restructuring Meaning of Corporate Restructuring and reasons for it Meaning of Financial Restructuring Techniques of Corporate Restructuring: 1. Mergers, 2. Takeovers, 3. Joint Ventures, 4. Divestitures, 5. Slump Sale, 6. Strategic Alliance, 7. Equity Carve out, 25%
  • 115. 115 8. Franchising, 9. Holding Companies, 10. Sell off, 11. Going Private, 12. Liquidation, 13. Reverse Bid, 14. Reverse Merger, 15. Demerger, 16. Management Buy-In, 17. Management Buy-Out 18. Leveraged Buy-Out. 4. TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT 1. Approaches to Capital Structure 2. Analysis of Capital Budgeting Proposals. 3. Estimation of Working Capital finance in a company. 4. Working Capital financing by banks 5. TOPICS OF SEMINAR 1. Project Planning and Control. 2. Project Appraisal by financial institutions. 3. Practical Application of Capital Structure Theories A Case Study on Mergers and Acquisitions 6. Recommended Books: 1) Financial Management by Khan & Jain (5 th Edition), McGraw Hill – For Units 1 & 2 2) Strategic Financial Management by Ravi M Kishore (2 nd Edition), Taxmann – For Units 3 & 4 7. Reference Books: 3) Financial Management by Prasanna Chandra (7 th Edition), Tata McGraw Hill 4) Financial Management by I M Pandey (9 th Edition), Vikas Publishing 8. Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 116. 116 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-VI CC607B : ADVANCED MARKETING MANAGEMENT (Paper-II) (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: The field of management has undergone a sea change and has today assumed a form of a profession with a well-defined body of knowledge. Different functions of management have got importance as per the environmental changes. After, 1950‟s Marketing Management has assumed an important role in the organization. With continuously evolving and due to the newer trends, the subject has become wider and wider. 1.Objectives: This course is designed in such a way as to provide the students an under-standing of the different contemporary and relevant topics in the subject of marketing management with deeper penetration so that the students can choose the particular area of specialization even under the Marketing Management as per their interest in future. 2.Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3.Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Business/ Industrial Marketing (10 Hours) a. Difference between Business and Consumer Market b. Primary Objectives of Business supplier c. Characteristics of customers in the business Market d. The business Buying Process e. Factors affecting Business Buying Behaviour 25% 2 ADVERTISING MANAGEMENT (10 Hours) a. Advertising Creates Brand image b. Developing advertising Strategy i. Identify and Understand Target Audience , ii. Setting Advertising Objectives iii. Establish advertisement Spend iv. Message Decisions v. Media Decisions vi. Execute the Advertise Campaign vii. Evaluate Advertisement Effectives viii. Improving Advertising result c.Impact of Advertising 25% 3 Rural Marketing (10Hours) a. Meaning and Definition of rural Marketing b. Characteristics of rural Marketing c. Importance of Rural Marketing d. Rural Marketing Mix e. Reasons for Rural Market boom f. Problems and Challenges in Rural Marketing 25%
  • 117. 117 4 Customer Relationship Management 10Hours) a. Definition of CRM b.Evaluation and Concept of CRM c. Benefits of CRM d.Relationship building as Process e. CRM as Strategy f. CRM Implementation Road Map g.Customer Centric marketing and Process h.Building Organisational Capabilities through Internal Marketing 25% 4.TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT 1. Evaluate any Rural Marketing strategy of FMCG or Consumer Durable or Service offering organisations. 2. Evaluate Advertisement strategies of any FMCG or Consumer Durable or Service offering organisations in the rural area. 3. Evaluate CRM executed by any Financial Institutions, Organised Retailer, or any Service Provider. 4. Explain Characteristics of any Business Market. 5.TOPICS OF SEMINAR 1. Discuss any five factors affecting Business Buying Behaviour 2. Analyse CRM as a Strategy for Customer Retention. 3. Discuss Rural marketing Mix of Any Product or Service 4. Develop an Ad Campaign for any specific Product / Service. (Any form of advertisement with respect to five M‟s of Advertisement Management.) 5. Analyse Seven P‟s of any Service. Discuss distribution Strategy of any Industrial Product. 6.Reference Books: 1.Rural Marketing, - Pradip Kashyap, Pearson Education. 2.Industrial Marketing Strategy – Frederick E Webster 3.Customer Relationship Management - Francis Buttle 4."Rural Marketing: Targeting the Non-urban Consumer" , Sanal Kumar Velayudhan, age Publications Pvt. Ltd. 5.Advertising Management - Jaishri Jethwaney Shruti Jain 6.Advertising Management -C.L. Tyagi And Arun Kumar 7.Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 8. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 118. 118 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-VI CC607C : ADVANCED HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (Paper-II) (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: The role of HRM in organizations has gained tremendous importance over the years. It has come some way from „Personnel Management‟ and today, is looked upon as a strategic partner. Organizations with global presence, movement of workforce across geographical boundaries have challenged the HR function as never before. The aim of this course is to provide the under-graduate students with some knowledge about the important sub-functions of HRM; functions that have not been covered in the core courses Basic Human Resource Management and Human resource Management in Semesters III and IV. 1.Objectives: 1. The concept, objectives and statutory provisions regarding employee discipline, 2. The concepts of Human Resource Development and Talent Management, 3. Managing careers and mentoring 4. The contemporary issues of HR. 2.Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3.Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 EMPLOYEE DISCIPLINE - Concept and definitions , - Objectives - Holistic view on discipline i.e the positive approach to discipline (Human Resource Development by Werner and Desimone) - Causes of indiscipline - Types of Discipline - Essentials of a good disciplinary system - Code of Discipline - Procedure - Kinds of punishment/penalties - Role of HR Manager in maintaining discipline - Statutory provisions concerning discipline - Guidelines of a disciplinary action - Principles of effective discipline (Human Resource Management – Text and Cases by S. S. Khanka) 25% 2 HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT AND TALENT MANAGEMENT (A) TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT OF HUMAN 25%
  • 119. 119 RESOURCE (i) Significance of training and development - Training as a strategic organizational activity (ii) Linkage Between business strategy and training - Defender strategy , - Prospector strategy (iii) The process of training and development Need Assessment Programme design and development Programme implementation Evaluation (iv) Special forms of Training and Development Team Training Diversity TrainingTraining for Global Assignments Training for leadership Skills Orientation Training (Strategic Human Resource Management by Tanuja Agarwala) (B) Talent Management - Meaning and Benefits - Process of talent management - Focus of talent management - Challenges to talent management (Essentials of Strategic Human Resource Management –Dr. Anjali Ghanekar) 3 MANAGING CAREERS AND MENTORING (A) Career planning methods used by organisations and objectives of each method Career Development interventions for each career stage Mentor relationships - mentors and protégés - roles and functions of mentors - formal and informal mentoring relationships (B) Individual, Organizational benefits of mentoring programmes Negative mentoring experiences Key element of successful mentoring relationship Special mentoring challenges (Strategic Human Resource Management by Tanuja Agarwala) 25% 4 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES OF HR (A) International Human resource management - Types of International Organizations - International HRM - Difference between IHRM and Domestic HRM - Reasons for increasing importance of IHRM IHRM Practices - International staffing - Pre- departure training for International Assignments - Repatriation - Performance Management in International Assignment - Compensation Issues in International Assignment (Strategic Human Resource Management by Tanuja Agarwala) (B) Challenges Faced by HR in Knowledge Economy (Exhibit 2.2 (pages 81-83)of Strategic Human Resource Management by Tanuja Agarwala) (C) Role of HR in Managing Cultural Change (Pages 104-107 of Strategic Human Resource Management by Tanuja Agarwala) 25%
  • 120. 120 (D) Innovations - Meaning - Core elements of innovation system: Leadership and management, Strategic alignment, Innovation process, Organization and people, Matrix, and Corporate culture. - Framework for innovation - Key strategies for innovation efficiency (Pages 380-387 of Essentials of Strategic Human Resource Management –Dr. Anjali Ghanekar) 4.TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT 1. Managing innovation versus managing operations. 2. Knowledge Management for consistency and innovation. 3. HR challenges in managing mergers and acquisitions (Essentials of strategic Human Resource Management by Dr. Anjali Ghanekar) Discipline without punishment. (Human Resource Management by Dessler and Varkkey). 5.TOPICS OF SEMINAR 1. Talent Management – Challenges and Opportunities. 2. HR Manager as a catalyst for discipline, wellness, conduct and healthy IR. 3. Grey areas of HR. 6.Reference Books: 1. Human Resource Management By Gary Dessler and Biju Varkkey Pearson Prentice Hall 12th Edition 2. Strategic Human Resource Management By Tanuja Agarwala Oxford University Press 2007 Edition 3. Human Resource Management (Text and Cases) By S. S. Khanka S. Chand and Company Limited Reprint 2007 4. Essentials of Strategic Human Resource Management By Dr. Anjali Ghanekar Everest Publishing House First Edition 2009 5. Human Resource Development By Werner and Desimone Cengage Learning (India Edition) 2012 Edition 7.Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 8. Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 121. 121 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-VI CC607D : ADVANCED TAXATION AND LAW (Paper-II) (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) Introduction: Although a consumer always pays Indirect taxes such as VAT and Service Tax, most of them are unaware of the concept, types and government policies for indirect taxes. This knowledge along with direct taxes will complete the taxation curriculum for B.B.A. 1.Objectives: 1) To introduce indirect tax laws in force and relevant rules and principles. 2) To introduce the basic concepts of Gujarat Value added Tax and Customs Law in India. 2.Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3.Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 GUJARAT VAT AND CENTRAL SALES TAX : Introduction and concept of VAT and Central Sales Tax Scope and applicability of act ( Including exemption from tax) Registration Provisions under Gujarat Value Added Tax Act, 2003 and Rules 25% 2 GUJARAT VAT: -Following definitions under the Gujarat Value Added Tax Act, 2003 and Rules 1) Goods and Capital Goods, 2)Sale, 3)Dealer, 4)Resale, 5)Manufacture, 6)Person, 7)Turnover & Taxable Turnover 8)Business - Incidence of Tax, Tax Rate and Tax credit concepts. - Payment and Returns of VAT and different types of Assessment schemes. 25% 3 CUSTOMS LAW: - Principles governing levy of Customs duty, types of dutiesincluding Protective duty, Safeguard duty, Countervailing duty and Anti- dumping duty. - Exemption from customs duties - Basic Principles of Classification of goods and Valuation of goods. - Customs authorities, appointment of customs ports,warehousing stations. 25%
  • 122. 122 4 CUSTOMS LAW: - Provisions governing Conveyance, Importation and Exportation of goods, special provisions regarding Baggage, Goods imported or exported by post and Stores. - Detailed procedure in relation to Warehousing. - Drawback of Customs duties paid. 25% 4.TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT 1) Registration Procedure for Authorized Dealer for any product under VAT/ Central Sales Tax. 2) Timing and Forms for Quarterly and Monthly payment of VAT/Central Sales Tax. Procedure for Import/Export of goods. 5.TOPICS OF SEMINAR 1) Applicability of VAT/Central Sales Tax and it‟s current rate. 2) Case study relating to VAT/Central Sales Tax. 3) Drawback under Customs Law. 6.Text Book : Indirect Taxes Law and Practice – Taxmann‟s By V.S. Datey 7.Reference Book : Students‟ Guide to Indirect Taxes – Aadhya‟s Pvt. Ltd. By Yogendra Bangar, Vandana Bangar and Vineet Sodhani 8.Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9.Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks
  • 123. 123 K.S.K.V. Kachchh University Bachelor of Business Administration Semester-VI CC607E : BANKING AND INSURANCE (Paper-II) (With Effect from Academic Year 2013-14) 1.Objectives: The objective of this paper is to impart advanced level knowledge of Banking and Insurance Services to the students. 2.Evaluation : Evaluation pattern End Semester 70% Mid-Semester 20% Projects, Assignments, Quizzes, Class Participation 10% 3.Course Contents : Module No. Modules/ Sub Modules Marks (%) 1 Loans and advances - priority sector lending – export credit – project finance – working capital finance - electronic banking 25% 2 Banking legislation – the Reserve Bank of India Act – The Banking Regulation Act – Banking Sector Reforms – NPA management – Annual Accounts of banking company 25% 3 LIC of India – GIC of India & its subsidiaries –Reinsurance business – insurance pricing IRDA and its functions 25% 4 Channels of Distribution – intermediaries and their functions – bancassurance - legal frame work of insurance business – Indian insurance industry: major reforms 25% 4.TOPICS FOR ASSIGNMENT 1. Procedure of loans 2. Export credit 3. NPA management 4. IRDA 5.TOPICS OF SEMINAR 1. Use of technology in banking 2. Capital Adequacy norms for banks 3. Debt Recovery Tribunal 4. Insurance ombudsman 5. Social insurance 6.Text Book : . Elements of Banking and Insurance - By Jyotsna Sethi, Nishwan Bhatia
  • 124. 124 7.Reference Book : 1. Banking and Insurance - By R.K. Sharma, Shashi K. Gupta, Jagwant Singh 2. K. P. M., Banking Theory Law and Practice by Sundhram, Sultan Chand 3. Banking and financial system - B. Santhanam, Sundharam & Varshney 4. Principles of Insurance - By S.K. Jain 8.Structure of Course Examination The external evaluation pattern would be based on the written examination taken at the end of the semester. The overall evaluation pattern is as under: Evaluation pattern End Semester examination 70% Mid-Semester examination 20% Projects, assignments, quizzes, class participation 10% Out of the 70% weight age of the external evaluation the style of the paper for all courses is so decided as to evaluate the students on different parameters. The format includes subjective, objective and applications questions so the test of students can be done on parameters like conceptual knowledge, its application in actual sense, his or her memory and presence of mind. The structure is as under: 9.Distribution of Marks : Q.1 14 marks will have multiple choice questions based on the given units 14 Marks Q.2 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.3 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.4 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks Q.5 Answer two short questions OR Any one question which could be a long question, case study, application of concepts etc. 14 Marks